]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Fix linker testsuite failures for arm-pe targets.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
247@c
248@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 249@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
250@ifset AARCH64
251
252@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
253 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 254 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 255@end ifset
625e1353
RH
256@ifset ALPHA
257
258@emph{Target Alpha options:}
259 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
260 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 261 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
262 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
263 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
264@end ifset
252b5132 265@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
266
267@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
268 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
269 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
270 [@b{-mcode-density}]
a4fb0134 271 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
272@end ifset
273@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
274
275@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 276@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
277 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
278 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
279 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
280 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 281 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 282 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
283 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
284 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
285 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 286 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 287@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
288@ifset Blackfin
289
290@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
291 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
292 [@b{-mfdpic}]
293 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
294 [@b{-mnopic}]
295@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
296@ifset CRIS
297
298@emph{Target CRIS options:}
299 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
300 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
301 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 302 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
303@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
304@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
305@end ifset
252b5132 306@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D10V options:}
309 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
310@end ifset
311@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D30V options:}
314 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 315@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
316@ifset EPIPHANY
317
318@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
319 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
320@end ifset
252b5132 321@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
322
323@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
324 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
325@end ifset
326@ifset HPPA
327@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
328@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
329@ifset I80386
330
331@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 332 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 333 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
334@end ifset
335@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
336
337@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 338@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
339 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
340 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
341 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 342@end ifset
587fe2b3 343@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 344
9e32ca89
NC
345@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
346 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
347 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
348 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 349 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 350 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 351 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
352 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
353@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
354@ifset IP2K
355
356@emph{Target IP2K options:}
357 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
358@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
359@ifset M32C
360
361@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 362 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 363@end ifset
587fe2b3 364@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 365
a4fb0134
SC
366@emph{Target M32R options:}
367 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 368 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 369@end ifset
252b5132 370@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
373 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 374@end ifset
60bcf0fa 375@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 378 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
379 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
380 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 381 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
382 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
383 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
384@end ifset
385@ifset MCORE
386
387@emph{Target MCORE options:}
388 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
389 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 390@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
391@ifset METAG
392
393@emph{Target Meta options:}
394 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
395@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
396@ifset MICROBLAZE
397@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
398@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
399@end ifset
252b5132 400@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
401
402@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 403 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 405 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
407 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
408 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 410 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
411 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
412 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 413 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 414 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 415 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 416 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 417 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 418 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 419 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 420 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 421 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 422 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 423 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 424 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 425 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 426 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 427 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 428 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 429 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
430 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
431 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 432 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 433 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
434@end ifset
435@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
436
437@emph{Target MMIX options:}
438 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
439 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
440 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 441 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 442@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
443@ifset NIOSII
444
445@emph{Target Nios II options:}
446 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
447 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
448@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
449@ifset NDS32
450
451@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
452 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
453 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
456 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
457 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
458 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
459 [@b{-mb2bb}]
460@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
461@ifset PDP11
462
463@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
464 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
465 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 466 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
467@end ifset
468@ifset PJ
469
470@emph{Target picoJava options:}
471 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
472@end ifset
473@ifset PPC
474
475@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
476 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
477 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
478 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 479 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 480 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
481 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
482 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 483 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 484 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
485 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
486 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 487 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 488 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 489@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
490@ifset RL78
491
492@emph{Target RL78 options:}
493 [@b{-mg10}]
494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
495@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
496@ifset RX
497
498@emph{Target RX options:}
499 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 500 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
501 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
502 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
503 [@b{-mpid}]
504 [@b{-mrelax}]
505 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
506 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 507@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
508@ifset S390
509
510@emph{Target s390 options:}
511 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
512 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
513 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
514@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
515@ifset SCORE
516
517@emph{Target SCORE options:}
518 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
519 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
520 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
521 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
522@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
523@ifset SPARC
524
525@emph{Target SPARC options:}
526@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
527 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
528 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
529 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
530 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
531@end ifset
532@ifset TIC54X
533
534@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 535 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
536 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
537@end ifset
40b36596
JM
538@ifset TIC6X
539
540@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
541 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
542 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
543 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 544@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
545@ifset TILEGX
546
547@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 548 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
549@end ifset
550@ifset TILEPRO
551@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
552@end ifset
b6605ddd 553@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 554
b6605ddd
EB
555@emph{Target Visium options:}
556 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
557@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
558@ifset XTENSA
559
560@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
561 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
562 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
563 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
564 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
565 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 566 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 567@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
568@ifset Z80
569
570@emph{Target Z80 options:}
571 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
572 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
573 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
574 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
575 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
576 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
577 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
578@end ifset
a4fb0134 579@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 580
a4fb0134 581@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 582@end ifset
e0001a05 583
0285c67d 584@c man end
252b5132
RH
585@end smallexample
586
0285c67d
NC
587@c man begin OPTIONS
588
a4fb0134 589@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 590@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 591
83f10cb2 592@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
593Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
594
a4fb0134 595@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
596@item -ac
597omit false conditionals
598
599@item -ad
600omit debugging directives
601
83f10cb2
NC
602@item -ag
603include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
604
252b5132
RH
605@item -ah
606include high-level source
607
608@item -al
609include assembly
610
611@item -am
612include macro expansions
613
614@item -an
615omit forms processing
616
617@item -as
618include symbols
619
620@item =file
621set the name of the listing file
622@end table
623
624You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
625listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
626the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
627
caa32fe5 628@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
629Begin in alternate macro mode.
630@ifclear man
631@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
632@end ifclear
caa32fe5 633
955974c6 634@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
635Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
636ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
637linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
638given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 639
151411f8
L
640@ifset ELF
641@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
642@item --compress-debug-sections=none
643@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
644@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
645@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
646These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
647@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
648@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
649@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 650@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 651@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
652@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
653sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
654@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
655@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
656
151411f8
L
657@end ifset
658
955974c6 659@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
660Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
661targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
662override this.
955974c6 663
252b5132
RH
664@item -D
665Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
666other assemblers.
667
3d6b762c
JM
668@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
669When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
670information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
671
252b5132
RH
672@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
673Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
674@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
675indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
676value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
677use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
678
679@item -f
680``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
681compiler output).
682
329e276d
NC
683@item -g
684@itemx --gen-debug
685Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
686debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
687ECOFF or DWARF2.
688
252b5132
RH
689@item --gstabs
690Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
691may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
692
05da4302
NC
693@item --gstabs+
694Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
695extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
696debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
697may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
698the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
699
329e276d 700@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 701Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 702may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 703option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 704
b40bf0a2
NC
705@item --gdwarf-sections
706Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
707.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
708corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
709will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
710@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
711then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
712suffix.
713
21be61f5
L
714@item --size-check=error
715@itemx --size-check=warning
716Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
717
252b5132
RH
718@item --help
719Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
720
ea20a7da
CC
721@item --target-help
722Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
723
252b5132
RH
724@item -I @var{dir}
725Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
726
727@item -J
728Don't warn about signed overflow.
729
730@item -K
731@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
732This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
733@end ifclear
734@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
735Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
736@end ifset
737
738@item -L
739@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
740Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
741system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
742or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
743@ifclear man
744@xref{Symbol Names}.
745@end ifclear
252b5132 746
c3a27914
NC
747@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
748Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
749listing to @var{number}.
750
751@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
752Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
753lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
754
755@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
756Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
757@var{number} bytes.
758
759@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
760Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
761to @var{number} + 1.
762
252b5132 763@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 764Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
765
766@item -R
767Fold the data section into the text section.
768
d60646b9 769@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
770Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
771@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
772assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
773memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
774requirements at the expense of speed.
775
776@item --reduce-memory-overheads
777This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
778assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
779@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
780
451133ce
NP
781@ifset ELF
782@item --sectname-subst
783Honor substitution sequences in section names.
784@ifclear man
785@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
786@end ifclear
787@end ifset
788
252b5132
RH
789@item --statistics
790Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
791assembly.
792
793@item --strip-local-absolute
794Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
795
796@item -v
797@itemx -version
a4fb0134 798Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
799
800@item --version
a4fb0134 801Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
802
803@item -W
2bdd6cf5 804@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
805Suppress warning messages.
806
2bdd6cf5
GK
807@item --fatal-warnings
808Treat warnings as errors.
809
810@item --warn
811Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
812
252b5132
RH
813@item -w
814Ignored.
815
816@item -x
817Ignored.
818
819@item -Z
820Generate an object file even after errors.
821
822@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
823Standard input, or source files to assemble.
824
825@end table
2a633939
JM
826@c man end
827
a06ea964
NC
828@ifset AARCH64
829
830@ifclear man
831@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
832for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
833@end ifclear
834
835@ifset man
836@c man begin OPTIONS
837The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
83864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
839@c man end
840@c man begin INCLUDE
841@include c-aarch64.texi
842@c ended inside the included file
843@end ifset
844
845@end ifset
846
2a633939
JM
847@ifset ALPHA
848
849@ifclear man
850@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
851for an Alpha processor.
852@end ifclear
853
854@ifset man
855@c man begin OPTIONS
856The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
857processor.
858@c man end
859@c man begin INCLUDE
860@include c-alpha.texi
861@c ended inside the included file
862@end ifset
863
864@end ifset
252b5132 865
2a633939 866@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 867@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
868The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
869processor.
252b5132 870
a4fb0134 871@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 872@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
873This option selects the core processor variant.
874@item -EB | -EL
875Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
876@item -mcode-density
877Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
878@end table
879@end ifset
880
881@ifset ARM
882The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
883processor family.
884
a4fb0134 885@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 886@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 887Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 888@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 889Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 890@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 891Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
892@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
893Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
894@item -mthumb
895Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 896@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
897Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
898@item -EB | -EL
899Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
900@item -mthumb-interwork
901Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
902ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
903@item -mccs
904Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
905@item -k
906Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
907@end table
908@end ifset
635fb38d 909@c man end
252b5132 910
9982501a 911@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
912
913@ifclear man
914@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
915configured for the Blackfin processor family.
916@end ifclear
917
918@ifset man
919@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
920The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
921the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
922@c man end
923@c man begin INCLUDE
924@include c-bfin.texi
925@c ended inside the included file
926@end ifset
9982501a 927
9982501a
JZ
928@end ifset
929
635fb38d 930@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
931@ifset CRIS
932See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
933@end ifset
934
252b5132
RH
935@ifset D10V
936The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
937a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 938@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
939@cindex D10V optimization
940@cindex optimization, D10V
941@item -O
942Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
943@end table
944@end ifset
945
946@ifset D30V
947The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
948processor.
a4fb0134 949@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
950@cindex D30V optimization
951@cindex optimization, D30V
952@item -O
953Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
954
955@cindex D30V nops
956@item -n
957Warn when nops are generated.
958
959@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
960@item -N
961Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
962@end table
963@end ifset
731caf76
L
964@c man end
965
cfb8c092
NC
966@ifset EPIPHANY
967The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
968Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
969
56b13185
JR
970@ifclear man
971@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
972configured for an Epiphany processor.
973@end ifclear
cfb8c092 974
56b13185
JR
975@ifset man
976@c man begin OPTIONS
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
978an Epiphany processor.
979@c man end
980@c man begin INCLUDE
981@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
982@c ended inside the included file
983@end ifset
984
985@end ifset
986
987@ifset H8300
988
989@ifclear man
990@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
991for an H8/300 processor.
992@end ifclear
993
994@ifset man
995@c man begin OPTIONS
996The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
997processor.
998@c man end
999@c man begin INCLUDE
1000@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1001@c ended inside the included file
1002@end ifset
cfb8c092 1003
cfb8c092
NC
1004@end ifset
1005
731caf76 1006@ifset I80386
252b5132 1007
731caf76
L
1008@ifclear man
1009@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1010configured for an i386 processor.
1011@end ifclear
1012
1013@ifset man
1014@c man begin OPTIONS
1015The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1016an i386 processor.
1017@c man end
1018@c man begin INCLUDE
1019@include c-i386.texi
1020@c ended inside the included file
1021@end ifset
1022
1023@end ifset
1024
1025@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1026@ifset I960
1027The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1028Intel 80960 processor.
1029
a4fb0134 1030@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1031@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1032Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1033
1034@item -b
1035Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1036
1037@item -no-relax
1038Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1039error if necessary.
1040
1041@end table
1042@end ifset
1043
a40cbfa3
NC
1044@ifset IP2K
1045The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1046Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1047
1048@table @gcctabopt
1049
1050@item -mip2022ext
1051Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1052
1053@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1054Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1055just the basic IP2022 ones.
1056
1057@end table
1058@end ifset
1059
49f58d10
JB
1060@ifset M32C
1061The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1062Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1063
1064@table @gcctabopt
1065
1066@item -m32c
1067Assemble M32C instructions.
1068
1069@item -m16c
1070Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1071
c54b5932
DD
1072@item -relax
1073Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1074
1075@item -h-tick-hex
1076Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1077
49f58d10
JB
1078@end table
1079@end ifset
1080
ec694b89
NC
1081@ifset M32R
1082The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1083Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1084
a4fb0134 1085@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1086
1087@item --m32rx
1088Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1089is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1090
1091@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1092Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1093encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1094
1095@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1096Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1097encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1098
1099@end table
1100@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1101
1102@ifset M680X0
1103The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1104Motorola 68000 series.
1105
a4fb0134 1106@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1107
1108@item -l
1109Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1110
0285c67d
NC
1111@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1112@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1113@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1114Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1115is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1116
1117@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1118The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1119The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1120the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1121two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1122coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1123
1124@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1125The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1126unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1127
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
1130
36591ba1
SL
1131@ifset NIOSII
1132
1133@ifclear man
1134@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1135for an Altera Nios II processor.
1136@end ifclear
1137
1138@ifset man
1139@c man begin OPTIONS
1140The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1141Altera Nios II processor.
1142@c man end
1143@c man begin INCLUDE
1144@include c-nios2.texi
1145@c ended inside the included file
1146@end ifset
1147@end ifset
1148
e135f41b
NC
1149@ifset PDP11
1150
1151For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1152see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1153
a4fb0134 1154@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1155@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1156Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1157default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1158
1159@item -mall
1160@itemx -mall-extensions
1161Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1162
1163@item -mno-extensions
1164Disable all instruction set extensions.
1165
1166@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1167Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1168
1169@item -m@var{cpu}
1170Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1171disable all other extensions.
1172
1173@item -m@var{machine}
1174Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1175model, and disable all other extensions.
1176@end table
1177
1178@end ifset
1179
041dd5a9
ILT
1180@ifset PJ
1181The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1182a picoJava processor.
1183
a4fb0134 1184@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1185
1186@cindex PJ endianness
1187@cindex endianness, PJ
1188@cindex big endian output, PJ
1189@item -mb
1190Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1191
1192@cindex little endian output, PJ
1193@item -ml
1194Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1195
1196@end table
1197@end ifset
1198
60bcf0fa
NC
1199@ifset M68HC11
1200The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1201Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1202
a4fb0134 1203@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1204
6927f982 1205@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1206Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1207defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1208
6927f982
NC
1209@item --xgate-ramoffset
1210Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1211XGATE address space.
1212
2f904664
SC
1213@item -mshort
1214Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1215
1216@item -mlong
01642c12 1217Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1218
1219@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1220Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1221
1222@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1223Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1224
1370e33d 1225@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1226Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1227conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1228sub routine.
1229
1370e33d
NC
1230@item -S | --short-branches
1231Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1232when the offset is out of range.
1233
1234@item --strict-direct-mode
1235Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1236when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1237
1238@item --print-insn-syntax
1239Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1240
1241@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1242Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1243
1244@item --generate-example
6927f982 1245Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1246This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1247
1248@end table
1249@end ifset
1250
252b5132 1251@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1252The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1253for the SPARC architecture:
1254
a4fb0134 1255@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1256@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1257@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1258Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1259
1260@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1261@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1262
1263@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1264UltraSPARC extensions.
1265
1266@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1267For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1268equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1269
1270@item -bump
1271Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1272@end table
1273@end ifset
1274
39bec121
TW
1275@ifset TIC54X
1276The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1277architecture.
39bec121 1278
a4fb0134 1279@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1280@item -mfar-mode
1281Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1282extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1283@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1284Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1285@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1286Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1287behaviour in the shell.
1288@end table
1289@end ifset
1290
252b5132
RH
1291@ifset MIPS
1292The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1293a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1294
a4fb0134 1295@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1296@item -G @var{num}
1297This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1298implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1299use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1300
1301@cindex MIPS endianness
1302@cindex endianness, MIPS
1303@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1304@item -EB
1305Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1306
1307@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1308@item -EL
1309Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1310
1311@cindex MIPS ISA
1312@item -mips1
1313@itemx -mips2
1314@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1315@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1316@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1317@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1318@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1319@itemx -mips32r3
1320@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1321@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1322@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1323@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1324@itemx -mips64r3
1325@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1326@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1327Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1328@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1329alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1330@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1331@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1332@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1333@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1334MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1335Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1336MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1337
98508b2a
RS
1338@item -march=@var{cpu}
1339Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1340
1341@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1342Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1343
1344@item -mfix7000
1345@itemx -mno-fix7000
1346Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1347of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1348
a8d14a88
CM
1349@item -mfix-rm7000
1350@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1351Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1352followed by a load instruction.
1353
ecb4347a
DJ
1354@item -mdebug
1355@itemx -no-mdebug
1356Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1357section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1358
dcd410fe
RO
1359@item -mpdr
1360@itemx -mno-pdr
1361Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1362
437ee9d5
TS
1363@item -mgp32
1364@itemx -mfp32
1365The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1366flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1367all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1368and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1369
351cdf24
MF
1370@item -mgp64
1371@itemx -mfp64
1372The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1373flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1374all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1375and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1376
1377@item -mfpxx
1378The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1379this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1380which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
138132 or 64 bits wide.
1382
1383@item -modd-spreg
1384@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1385Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1386registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1387@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1388
437ee9d5
TS
1389@item -mips16
1390@itemx -no-mips16
1391Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1392@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1393turns off this option.
252b5132 1394
df58fc94
RS
1395@item -mmicromips
1396@itemx -mno-micromips
1397Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1398@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1399turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1400at the start of the assembly file.
1401
e16bfa71
TS
1402@item -msmartmips
1403@itemx -mno-smartmips
1404Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1405equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1406@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1407
1f25f5d3
CD
1408@item -mips3d
1409@itemx -no-mips3d
1410Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1411This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1412@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1413
deec1734
CD
1414@item -mdmx
1415@itemx -no-mdmx
1416Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1417This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1418@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1419
2ef2b9ae
CF
1420@item -mdsp
1421@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1422Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1423This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1424@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1425
8b082fb1
TS
1426@item -mdspr2
1427@itemx -mno-dspr2
1428Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1429This option implies -mdsp.
1430This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1431@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1432
56d438b1
CF
1433@item -mmsa
1434@itemx -mno-msa
1435Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1436This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1437@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1438
7d64c587
AB
1439@item -mxpa
1440@itemx -mno-xpa
1441Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1442This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1443@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1444
ef2e4d86
CF
1445@item -mmt
1446@itemx -mno-mt
1447Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1448This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1449@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1450
dec0624d
MR
1451@item -mmcu
1452@itemx -mno-mcu
1453Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1454This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1455@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1456
833794fc
MR
1457@item -minsn32
1458@itemx -mno-insn32
1459Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1460microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1461instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1462the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1463option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1464start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1465selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1466
437ee9d5
TS
1467@item --construct-floats
1468@itemx --no-construct-floats
1469The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1470double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1471value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1472the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1473selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1474
3bf0dbfb
MR
1475@item --relax-branch
1476@itemx --no-relax-branch
1477The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1478branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1479out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1480
ba92f887
MR
1481@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1482Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1483(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1484
252b5132
RH
1485@cindex emulation
1486@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1487This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1488on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1489removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1490It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1491
1492The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1493@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1494is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1495big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1496preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1497
1498@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1499@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1500the native tools.
1501
252b5132
RH
1502@item --trap
1503@itemx --no-trap
1504@itemx --break
1505@itemx --no-break
1506Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1507@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1508(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1509@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1510break exception.
63486801
L
1511
1512@item -n
a4fb0134 1513When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1514time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1515@end table
1516@end ifset
1517
1518@ifset MCORE
1519The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1520an MCore processor.
1521
a4fb0134 1522@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1523@item -jsri2bsr
1524@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1525Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1526The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1527
1528@item -sifilter
1529@itemx -nosifilter
1530Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1531The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1532
1533@item -relax
1534Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1535
ec694b89
NC
1536@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1537Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1538can be assembled.
1539
1540@item -EB
1541Assemble for a big endian target.
1542
1543@item -EL
1544Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1545
1546@end table
1547@end ifset
a3c62988 1548@c man end
252b5132 1549
a3c62988
NC
1550@ifset METAG
1551
1552@ifclear man
1553@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1554for a Meta processor.
1555@end ifclear
1556
1557@ifset man
1558@c man begin OPTIONS
1559The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1560Meta processor.
1561@c man end
1562@c man begin INCLUDE
1563@include c-metag.texi
1564@c ended inside the included file
1565@end ifset
1566
1567@end ifset
1568
1569@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1570@ifset MMIX
1571See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1572@end ifset
1573
35c08157
KLC
1574@ifset NDS32
1575
1576@ifclear man
1577@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1578for a NDS32 processor.
1579@end ifclear
1580@c ended inside the included file
1581@end ifset
1582
1583@ifset man
1584@c man begin OPTIONS
1585The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1586NDS32 processor.
1587@c man end
1588@c man begin INCLUDE
1589@include c-nds32.texi
1590@c ended inside the included file
1591@end ifset
1592
635fb38d 1593@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1594@ifset PPC
1595
1596@ifclear man
1597@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1598for a PowerPC processor.
1599@end ifclear
1600
1601@ifset man
1602@c man begin OPTIONS
1603The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1604PowerPC processor.
1605@c man end
1606@c man begin INCLUDE
1607@include c-ppc.texi
1608@c ended inside the included file
1609@end ifset
1610
1611@end ifset
1612
635fb38d 1613@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1614@ifset RX
1615See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1616@end ifset
1617
11c19e16
MS
1618@ifset S390
1619The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1620processor family.
1621
1622@table @gcctabopt
1623@item -m31
1624@itemx -m64
1625Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1626@item -mesa
1627@item -mzarch
1628Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1629Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1630@item -march=@var{processor}
1631Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1632@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1633@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1634@item -mregnames
1635@itemx -mno-regnames
1636Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1637@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1638Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1639but evaluates to zero.
1640@end table
1641@end ifset
2a633939 1642@c man end
11c19e16 1643
40b36596 1644@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1645
1646@ifclear man
1647@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1648for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1649@end ifclear
1650
1651@ifset man
1652@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1653The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1654TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1655@c man end
1656@c man begin INCLUDE
1657@include c-tic6x.texi
1658@c ended inside the included file
1659@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1660
1661@end ifset
1662
aa137e4d
NC
1663@ifset TILEGX
1664
1665@ifclear man
1666@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1667for a TILE-Gx processor.
1668@end ifclear
1669
1670@ifset man
1671@c man begin OPTIONS
1672The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1673processor.
1674@c man end
1675@c man begin INCLUDE
1676@include c-tilegx.texi
1677@c ended inside the included file
1678@end ifset
1679
1680@end ifset
1681
b6605ddd
EB
1682@ifset VISIUM
1683
1684@ifclear man
1685@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1686for a Visium processor.
1687@end ifclear
1688
1689@ifset man
1690@c man begin OPTIONS
1691The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1692processor.
1693@c man end
1694@c man begin INCLUDE
1695@include c-visium.texi
1696@c ended inside the included file
1697@end ifset
1698
1699@end ifset
1700
e0001a05 1701@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1702
2d8b84ae
SA
1703@ifclear man
1704@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1705for an Xtensa processor.
1706@end ifclear
1707
1708@ifset man
1709@c man begin OPTIONS
1710The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1711Xtensa processor.
1712@c man end
1713@c man begin INCLUDE
1714@include c-xtensa.texi
1715@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1716@end ifset
1717
2d8b84ae
SA
1718@end ifset
1719
1720@c man begin OPTIONS
1721
3c9b82ba
NC
1722@ifset Z80
1723The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1724a Z80 family processor.
1725@table @gcctabopt
1726@item -z80
1727Assemble for Z80 processor.
1728@item -r800
1729Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1730@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1731@itemx -Wnud
1732Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1733@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1734@itemx -Wnup
1735Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1736@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1737@itemx -Wud
1738Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1739@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1740@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1741Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1742@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1743@itemx -Fud
1744Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1745@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1746@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1747Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1748@end table
1749@end ifset
1750
0285c67d
NC
1751@c man end
1752
252b5132
RH
1753@menu
1754* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1755* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1756* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1757* Command Line:: Command Line
1758* Input Files:: Input Files
1759* Object:: Output (Object) File
1760* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1761@end menu
1762
1763@node Manual
1764@section Structure of this Manual
1765
1766@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1767This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1768@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1769notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1770@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1771
1772@ifclear GENERIC
1773We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1774configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1775@end ifclear
1776@ifset GENERIC
1777This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1778various flavors of the assembler.
1779@end ifset
1780
1781@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1782On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1783to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1784In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1785architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1786mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1787particular architecture.
1788@ifset GENERIC
1789You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1790machine architecture manual for this information.
1791@end ifset
1792@ifclear GENERIC
1793@ifset H8/300
1794For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1795Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1796Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1797@end ifset
252b5132 1798@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1799For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1800see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1801@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1802@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1803@end ifset
1804@ifset Z8000
1805For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1806@end ifset
1807@end ifclear
1808
1809@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1810@ignore
1811Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1812the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1813Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1814computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1815once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1816qualification.
1817
a4fb0134 1818@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1819human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1820computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1821@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1822@end ignore
1823
1824@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1825@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1826@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1827@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1828@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1829@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1830@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1831@c directives).
1832
1833@node GNU Assembler
1834@section The GNU Assembler
1835
0285c67d
NC
1836@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1837
a4fb0134 1838@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1839@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1840This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1841configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1842@end ifclear
1843If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1844should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1845architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1846including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1847@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1848
1849@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1850@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1851@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1852@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1853assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1854machine would assemble.
1855@ifset VAX
1856Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1857@end ifset
1858@ifset M680X0
1859@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1860@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1861This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1862assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1863incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1864@end ifset
1865
0285c67d
NC
1866@c man end
1867
a4fb0134 1868Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1869program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1870@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1871
1872@node Object Formats
1873@section Object File Formats
1874
1875@cindex object file format
1876The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1877object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1878write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1879are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1880Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1881@ifclear GENERIC
1882@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1883For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1884@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1885@end ifclear
1886@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1887@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1888On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1889@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1890@end ifset
1891@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1892On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1893SOM or ELF format object files.
1894@end ifset
1895@end ifclear
1896
1897@node Command Line
1898@section Command Line
1899
1900@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1901
a4fb0134 1902After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1903options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1904before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1905significant.
1906
1907@cindex standard input, as input file
1908@kindex --
1909@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1910explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1911
1912@cindex options, command line
1913Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1914hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1915@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1916option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1917the letter is important. All options are optional.
1918
1919Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1920name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1921with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1922standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1923
1924@smallexample
1925@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1926@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1927@end smallexample
1928
1929@node Input Files
1930@section Input Files
1931
1932@cindex input
1933@cindex source program
1934@cindex files, input
1935We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1936describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1937be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1938doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1939
1940@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1941@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1942The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1943order specified.
1944
0285c67d 1945@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1946Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1947program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1948(The standard input is also a file.)
1949
a4fb0134 1950You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1951names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1952command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1953is taken to be an input file name.
1954
a4fb0134
SC
1955If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1956from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1957may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1958to assemble.
1959
1960Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1961in your command line.
1962
a4fb0134 1963If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1964file.
1965
0285c67d
NC
1966@c man end
1967
252b5132
RH
1968@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1969
1970@cindex input file linenumbers
1971@cindex line numbers, in input files
1972There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1973either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1974number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1975``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1976
1977@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1978to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1979
1980@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1981directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1982error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1983is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1984@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1985@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1986
1987@node Object
1988@section Output (Object) File
1989
1990@cindex object file
1991@cindex output file
1992@kindex a.out
1993@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1994Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1995your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1996is the object file. Its default name is
1997@ifclear BOUT
1998@code{a.out}.
1999@end ifclear
2000@ifset BOUT
2001@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2002@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2003@end ifset
a4fb0134 2004@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2005@end ifset
a4fb0134 2006You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2007object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2008reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2009directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2010possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2011
2012@cindex linker
2013@kindex ld
2014The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2015assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2016the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2017information for the debugger.
2018
2019@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2020@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2021
2022@node Errors
2023@section Error and Warning Messages
2024
0285c67d
NC
2025@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2026
a349d9dd 2027@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2028@cindex warning messages
2029@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2030@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2031file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2032runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2033that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2034grave problem that stops the assembly.
2035
0285c67d
NC
2036@c man end
2037
252b5132
RH
2038@cindex format of warning messages
2039Warning messages have the format
2040
2041@smallexample
2042file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2043@end smallexample
2044
2045@noindent
2046@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2047(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2048(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2049the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2050@ifset GENERIC
2051(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2053then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2054otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2055message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2056tradition).
2057
2058@cindex format of error messages
2059Error messages have the format
2060@smallexample
2061file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2062@end smallexample
2063The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2064messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2065because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2066
2067@node Invoking
2068@chapter Command-Line Options
2069
2070@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2071This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2072versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2073for options specific
252b5132 2074@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2075to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2076@end ifclear
2077@ifset GENERIC
2078to particular machine architectures.
2079@end ifset
2080
0285c67d
NC
2081@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2082
c1253627 2083If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2084you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2085The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2086by commas. For example:
2087
2088@smallexample
2089gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2090@end smallexample
2091
2092@noindent
2093This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2094standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2095local symbols in the symbol table).
2096
2097Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2098command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2099(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2100precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2101assembler.)
2102
0285c67d
NC
2103@c man end
2104
252b5132 2105@menu
83f10cb2 2106* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2107* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2108* D:: -D for compatibility
2109* f:: -f to work faster
2110* I:: -I for .include search path
2111@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2112* K:: -K for compatibility
2113@end ifclear
2114@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2115* K:: -K for difference tables
2116@end ifset
2117
ba83aca1 2118* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2119* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2120* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2121* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2122* o:: -o to name the object file
2123* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2124* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2125* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2126* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2127* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2128* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2129@end menu
2130
2131@node a
83f10cb2 2132@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2133
2134@kindex -a
2135@kindex -ac
2136@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2137@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2138@kindex -ah
2139@kindex -al
2140@kindex -an
2141@kindex -as
2142@cindex listings, enabling
2143@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2144
2145These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2146@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2147You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2148@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2149@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2150@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2151High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2152@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2153also.
2154
83f10cb2
NC
2155Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2156information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2157
252b5132
RH
2158Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2159which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2160other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2161omitted from the listing.
2162
2163Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2164listing.
2165
2166Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2167listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2168@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2169@code{.sbttl}.
2170The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2171If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2172listing-control directives have no effect.
2173
2174The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2175@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2176
96e9638b
BW
2177Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2178because it
c3a27914
NC
2179is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2180is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2181directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2182stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2183memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2184
caa32fe5
NC
2185@node alternate
2186@section @option{--alternate}
2187
2188@kindex --alternate
2189Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2190
252b5132 2191@node D
a4fb0134 2192@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2193
2194@kindex -D
2195This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2196likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2197@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2198
2199@node f
a4fb0134 2200@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2201
2202@kindex -f
2203@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2204@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2205@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2206(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2207and comment preprocessing on
2208the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2209,Preprocessing}.
2210
2211@quotation
2212@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2213preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2214not work correctly.
2215@end quotation
2216
2217@node I
c1253627 2218@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2219
2220@kindex -I @var{path}
2221@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2222@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2223@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2224Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2225@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2226directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2227many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2228working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2229searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2230specified (left to right) on the command line.
2231
2232@node K
a4fb0134 2233@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@kindex -K
2236@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2237On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2238permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2239where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2240generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2241family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2242alteration on other platforms.
2243@end ifclear
2244
2245@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2246@cindex difference tables, warning
2247@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2248@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2249form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2250You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2251is done.
2252@end ifset
2253
2254@node L
ba83aca1 2255@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2256
2257@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2258@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2259Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2260@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2261called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2262such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2263programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2264notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2265such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2266
2267This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2268in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2269@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2270
c3a27914 2271@node listing
a4fb0134 2272@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2273
2274The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2275@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2276hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2277them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2278directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2279@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2280@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2281@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2282
a4fb0134 2283@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2284@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2285@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2286@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2287Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2288dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2289
2290@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2291@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2292@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2293Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2294a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2295the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2296switch is used the default is to one.
2297
2298@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2299@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2300@cindex Width of source line output
2301Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2302alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2303source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2304
2305@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2306@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2307@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2308Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2309displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2310@end table
2311
252b5132 2312@node M
a4fb0134 2313@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2314
2315@kindex -M
2316@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2317The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2318changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2319compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2320configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2321MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2322information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2323arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2324assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2325
2326The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2327depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2328file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2329individually. These are:
2330
2331@itemize @bullet
2332@item global symbols in common section
2333
2334The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2335Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2336common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2337symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2338symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2339
2340@item complex relocations
2341
2342The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2343relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2344are not support by other object file formats.
2345
2346@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2347
2348The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2349This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2350instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2351script.
2352
2353@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2354
2355The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2356name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2357
2358@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2359
2360The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2361address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2362which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2363not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2364assigned within a linker script.
2365@end itemize
2366
2367There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2368@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2369seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2370
2371@itemize @bullet
2372
2373@item EBCDIC strings
2374
2375EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2376
2377@item packed binary coded decimal
2378
2379Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2380and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2381
2382@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2383
2384The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2385
2386@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2387
2388The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2389
2390@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2391
2392The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2393@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2394relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2395these options serve no purpose.
2396
2397@item @code{OPT} list control options
2398
2399The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2400@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2401@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2402
2403@item other @code{OPT} options
2404
2405The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2406@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2407
2408@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2409
2410The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2411@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2412
2413@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2414
2415The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2416
2417@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2418
2419The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2420
2421@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2422
2423The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2424
2425@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2426
2427The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2428
2429@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2430
2431The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2432
2433@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2434
2435The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2436
2437@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2438
2439The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2440
2441@end itemize
2442
2443@node MD
c1253627 2444@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2445
2446@kindex --MD
2447@cindex dependency tracking
2448@cindex make rules
2449
a4fb0134 2450@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2451file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2452dependencies of the main source file.
2453
2454The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2455
2456This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2457
2458@node o
a4fb0134 2459@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2460
2461@kindex -o
2462@cindex naming object file
2463@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2464There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2465default it has the name
2466@ifset GENERIC
2467@ifset I960
2468@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2469@end ifset
2470@ifclear I960
2471@file{a.out}.
2472@end ifclear
2473@end ifset
2474@ifclear GENERIC
2475@ifset I960
2476@file{b.out}.
2477@end ifset
2478@ifclear I960
2479@file{a.out}.
2480@end ifclear
2481@end ifclear
2482You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2483object file a different name.
2484
a4fb0134 2485Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2486existing file of the same name.
2487
2488@node R
a4fb0134 2489@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2490
2491@kindex -R
2492@cindex data and text sections, joining
2493@cindex text and data sections, joining
2494@cindex joining text and data sections
2495@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2496@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2497data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2498the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2499section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2500your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2501appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2502
a4fb0134 2503When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2504address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2505data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2506older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2507
c1253627
NC
2508@ifset COFF-ELF
2509When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2510this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2511@samp{.data}.
2512@end ifset
2513
2514@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2515@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2516@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2517@end ifset
2518
2519@node statistics
a4fb0134 2520@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2521
2522@kindex --statistics
2523@cindex statistics, about assembly
2524@cindex time, total for assembly
2525@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2526Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2527@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2528(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2529seconds).
2530
2531@node traditional-format
c1253627 2532@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2533
2534@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2535For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2536from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2537@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2538
2539For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2540@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2541
2542@node v
a4fb0134 2543@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2544
2545@kindex -v
2546@kindex -version
2547@cindex assembler version
2548@cindex version of assembler
2549You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2550option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2551command line.
2552
2553@node W
a4fb0134 2554@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2555
a4fb0134 2556@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2557assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2558cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2559made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2560
c1253627
NC
2561@kindex -W
2562@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2563@cindex suppressing warnings
2564@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2565If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2566This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2567how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2568are still reported.
2569
c1253627 2570@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2571@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2572@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2573If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2574files that generate warnings to be in error.
2575
c1253627 2576@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2577@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2578You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2579causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2580
2581@node Z
a4fb0134 2582@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2583@cindex object file, after errors
2584@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2585After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2586some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2587@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2588option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2589writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2590errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2591
2592@node Syntax
2593@chapter Syntax
2594
2595@cindex machine-independent syntax
2596@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2597This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2598source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2599assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2600@ifclear VAX
2601assembler.
2602@end ifclear
2603@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2604assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2605@end ifset
2606
2607@menu
7c31ae13 2608* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2609* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2610* Comments:: Comments
2611* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2612* Statements:: Statements
2613* Constants:: Constants
2614@end menu
2615
2616@node Preprocessing
2617@section Preprocessing
2618
2619@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2620The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2621@itemize @bullet
2622@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2623@item
2624adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2625the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2626a single space.
2627
2628@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2629@item
2630removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2631appropriate number of newlines.
2632
2633@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2634@item
2635converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2636@end itemize
2637
2638It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2639anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2640do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2641(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2642to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2643@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2644Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2645
2646Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2647cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2648preprocessed.
2649
2650@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2651@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2652@kindex #NO_APP
2653@kindex #APP
2654If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2655@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2656Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2657specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2658text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2659@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2660@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2661and whitespace.
2662
2663@node Whitespace
2664@section Whitespace
2665
2666@cindex whitespace
2667@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2668Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2669people to read. Unless within character constants
2670(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2671as exactly one space.
2672
2673@node Comments
2674@section Comments
2675
2676@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2677There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2678cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2679
2680Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2681This means you may not nest these comments.
2682
2683@smallexample
2684/*
2685 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2686 is to use this sort of comment.
2687*/
2688
2689/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2690@end smallexample
2691
2692@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2693Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2694considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2695specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2696line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2697line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2698comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2699upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2700@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2701
2702If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2703special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2704to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2705
2706@kindex #
2707@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2708@cindex logical line numbers
2709To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2710special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2711expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2712line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2713new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2714
2715If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2716the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2717
2718@smallexample
2719 # This is an ordinary comment.
2720# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2721 # This is logical line # 36.
2722@end smallexample
2723This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2724of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2725
2726@node Symbol Intro
2727@section Symbols
2728
2729@cindex characters used in symbols
2730@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2731A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2732letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2733@samp{_.$}.
2734@end ifclear
2735@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2736@ifclear GENERIC
2737@ifset H8
2738A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2739letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2740@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2741symbol names.)
2742@end ifset
2743@end ifclear
2744@end ifset
2745@ifset GENERIC
2746On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2747are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2748@end ifset
2749No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2750There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2751are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2752beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2753of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2754
2755Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2756cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2757quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2758backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2759@cindex length of symbols
2760
2761@node Statements
2762@section Statements
2763
2764@cindex statements, structure of
2765@cindex line separator character
2766@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2767
2768A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2769@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2770specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2771target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2772The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2773preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2774exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2775
2776@cindex newline, required at file end
2777@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2778It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2779character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2780
2781An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2782
2783@cindex instructions and directives
2784@cindex directives and instructions
2785@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2786@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2787@c 13feb91.
2788A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2789key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2790symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2791symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2792directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2793a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2794assembles into a machine language instruction.
2795@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2796Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2797recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2798represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2799language.@refill
2800@end ifset
2801
2802@cindex @code{:} (label)
2803@cindex label (@code{:})
2804A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2805Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2806have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2807
2808@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2809For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2810the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2811only one label may be defined on each line.
2812@end ifset
2813
2814@smallexample
2815label: .directive followed by something
2816another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2817 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2818@end smallexample
2819
2820@node Constants
2821@section Constants
2822
2823@cindex constants
2824A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2825inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2826@smallexample
2827@group
2828.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2829.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2830.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2831.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
283295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2833@end group
2834@end smallexample
2835
2836@menu
2837* Characters:: Character Constants
2838* Numbers:: Number Constants
2839@end menu
2840
2841@node Characters
2842@subsection Character Constants
2843
2844@cindex character constants
2845@cindex constants, character
2846There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2847for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2848numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2849@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2850used in arithmetic expressions.
2851
2852@menu
2853* Strings:: Strings
2854* Chars:: Characters
2855@end menu
2856
2857@node Strings
2858@subsubsection Strings
2859
2860@cindex string constants
2861@cindex constants, string
2862A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2863double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2864into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2865a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2866one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2867@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2868(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2869escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2870
2871@cindex escape codes, character
2872@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2873@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2874@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2875@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2876@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2877@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2878@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2879@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2880@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2881@table @kbd
2882@c @item \a
2883@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2884@c
361fa3a4 2885@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2886@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2887@item \b
2888Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2889
2890@c @item \e
2891@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2892@c
361fa3a4 2893@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2894@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2895@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2896Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2897
361fa3a4 2898@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2899@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2900@item \n
2901Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2902
2903@c @item \p
2904@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2905@c
361fa3a4
NC
2906@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2907@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2908@item \r
2909Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2910
2911@c @item \s
2912@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2913@c other assemblers.
2914@c
361fa3a4 2915@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2916@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2917@item \t
2918Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2919
2920@c @item \v
2921@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2922@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2923@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2924@c
361fa3a4 2925@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2926@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2927@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2928An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2929For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2930for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2931
361fa3a4 2932@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2933@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2934@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2935A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2936lower case @code{x} works.
2937
361fa3a4 2938@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2939@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2940@item \\
2941Represents one @samp{\} character.
2942
2943@c @item \'
2944@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2945@c This is needed in single character literals
2946@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2947@c a @samp{'}.
2948@c
361fa3a4 2949@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
2950@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2951@item \"
2952Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2953this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2954
2955@item \ @var{anything-else}
2956Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2957assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2958you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2959interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2960other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2961code and warns you of the fact.
2962@end table
2963
2964Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2965varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2966the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2967compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2968sequence.
2969
2970@node Chars
2971@subsubsection Characters
2972
2973@cindex single character constant
2974@cindex character, single
2975@cindex constant, single character
2976A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2977followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2978to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2979must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2980@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2981grave accent. A newline
2982@ifclear GENERIC
2983@ifclear abnormal-separator
2984(or semicolon @samp{;})
2985@end ifclear
2986@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2987@ifset H8
2988(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2989Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2990@end ifset
2991@end ifset
2992@end ifclear
2993immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2994and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2995constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2996that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2997@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2998
2999@node Numbers
3000@subsection Number Constants
3001
3002@cindex constants, number
3003@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3004@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3005are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3006would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3007integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3008are floating point numbers, described below.
3009
3010@menu
3011* Integers:: Integers
3012* Bignums:: Bignums
3013* Flonums:: Flonums
3014@ifclear GENERIC
3015@ifset I960
3016* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3017@end ifset
3018@end ifclear
3019@end menu
3020
3021@node Integers
3022@subsubsection Integers
3023@cindex integers
3024@cindex constants, integer
3025
3026@cindex binary integers
3027@cindex integers, binary
3028A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3029the binary digits @samp{01}.
3030
3031@cindex octal integers
3032@cindex integers, octal
3033An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3034digits (@samp{01234567}).
3035
3036@cindex decimal integers
3037@cindex integers, decimal
3038A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3039more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3040
3041@cindex hexadecimal integers
3042@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3043A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3044more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3045
3046Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3047the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3048(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3049
3050@node Bignums
3051@subsubsection Bignums
3052
3053@cindex bignums
3054@cindex constants, bignum
3055A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3056except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3057represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3058integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3059
3060@node Flonums
3061@subsubsection Flonums
3062@cindex flonums
3063@cindex floating point numbers
3064@cindex constants, floating point
3065
3066@cindex precision, floating point
3067A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3068indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3069@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3070sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3071to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3072portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3073
3074A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3075@itemize @bullet
3076@item
3077The digit @samp{0}.
3078@ifset HPPA
3079(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3080@end ifset
3081
3082@item
a4fb0134 3083A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3084@ifset GENERIC
3085@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3086@ignore
3087@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3088(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30894.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3090@end ignore
3091
7be1c489 3092On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3093and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3094one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3095
3096On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3097(in upper or lower case).
3098
3099On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3100one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3101
3102On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3103@end ifset
3104@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3105@ifset ARC
3106One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3107@end ifset
3108@ifset H8
3109One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3110@end ifset
3111@ifset HPPA
3112The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3113@end ifset
3114@ifset I960
3115One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3116@end ifset
3117@end ifclear
3118
3119@item
3120An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3121
3122@item
3123An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3124
3125@item
3126An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3127or more decimal digits.
3128
3129@item
3130An optional exponent, consisting of:
3131
3132@itemize @bullet
3133@item
3134An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3135@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3136@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3137@item
3138Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3139@item
3140One or more decimal digits.
3141@end itemize
3142
3143@end itemize
3144
3145At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3146present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3147
a4fb0134 3148@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3149independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3150@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3151
3152@ifclear GENERIC
3153@ifset I960
3154@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3155@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3156@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3157@node Bit Fields
3158@subsubsection Bit Fields
3159
3160@cindex bit fields
3161@cindex constants, bit field
3162You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3163Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3164@example
3165@var{mask}:@var{value}
3166@end example
3167@noindent
a4fb0134 3168@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3169@var{value}.
3170
3171The resulting number is then packed
3172@ifset GENERIC
3173@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3174(in host-dependent byte order)
3175@end ifset
3176into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3177bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3178requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3179more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3180least significant digits.@refill
3181
3182The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3183@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3184@end ifset
3185@end ifclear
3186
3187@node Sections
3188@chapter Sections and Relocation
3189@cindex sections
3190@cindex relocation
3191
3192@menu
3193* Secs Background:: Background
3194* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3195* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3196* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3197* bss:: bss Section
3198@end menu
3199
3200@node Secs Background
3201@section Background
3202
3203Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3204``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3205For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3206
3207@cindex linker, and assembler
3208@cindex assembler, and linker
3209The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3210combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3211emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3212@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3213different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3214oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3215sections.
3216
3217@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3218addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3219units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3220within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3221run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3222the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3223the proper run-time addresses.
3224@ifset H8
7be1c489 3225For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3226@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3227ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3228@end ifset
3229
3230@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3231An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3232of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3233@dfn{bss} sections.
3234
c1253627 3235@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3236@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3237When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3238@end ifset
a4fb0134 3239@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3240using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3241If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3242or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3243@end ifset
3244
3245@ifset HPPA
3246@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3247When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3248@end ifset
a4fb0134 3249@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3250specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3251@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3252(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3253assembler directives.
3254
3255@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3256Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3257text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3258is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3259BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3260@end ifset
3261@end ifset
3262
3263Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3264data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3265
3266@ifset HPPA
3267When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3268section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3269@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3270@end ifset
3271
3272To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3273relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3274object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3275@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3276file is mentioned:
3277@itemize @bullet
3278@item
3279Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3280an address?
3281@item
3282How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3283@item
3284Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3285@display
3286(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3287@end display
3288@item
3289Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3290@end itemize
3291
3292@cindex addresses, format of
3293@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3294In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3295@display
3296(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3297@end display
3298@noindent
a4fb0134 3299Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3300nature.
3301@ifset SOM
3302(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3303symbol-relative instead.)
3304@end ifset
3305
3306In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3307@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3308
3309Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3310@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3311addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3312@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3313@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3314data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3315their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3316part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3317address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3318
3319The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3320address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3321rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3322Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3323address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3324common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3325time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3326
3327By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3328the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3329sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3330customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3331the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3332data and bss sections.
3333
3334Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3335use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3336
3337@node Ld Sections
3338@section Linker Sections
3339@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3340
3341@table @strong
3342
c1253627 3343@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3344@cindex named sections
3345@cindex sections, named
3346@item named sections
3347@end ifset
3348@ifset aout-bout
3349@cindex text section
3350@cindex data section
3351@itemx text section
3352@itemx data section
3353@end ifset
a4fb0134 3354These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3355separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3356true of another.
3357@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3358When the program is running, however, it is
3359customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3360text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3361instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3362program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3363in the data section.
c1253627 3364@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3365
3366@cindex bss section
3367@item bss section
3368This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3369is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3370each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3371out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3372bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3373those explicit zeros from object files.
3374
3375@cindex absolute section
3376@item absolute section
3377Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3378This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3379not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3380addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3381
3382@cindex undefined section
3383@item undefined section
3384This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3385the preceding sections.
3386@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3387@end table
3388
3389@cindex relocation example
3390An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3391@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3392The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3393@end ifset
3394Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3395
3396@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3397@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3398@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3399@smallexample
3400 +-----+----+--+
3401partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3402 +-----+----+--+
3403
3404 text data bss
3405 seg. seg. seg.
3406
3407 +---+---+---+
3408partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3409 +---+---+---+
3410
3411 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3412linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3413 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3414
3415 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3416@end smallexample
3417@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3418@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3419@need 5000
3420@tex
c1253627 3421\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3422\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3423\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3424\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3425
3426\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3427\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3428\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3429
3430\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3431\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3432\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3433ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3434DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3435
3436\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3437\line{0\dots\hfil}
3438
3439@end tex
3440@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3441
3442@node As Sections
3443@section Assembler Internal Sections
3444
3445@cindex internal assembler sections
3446@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3447These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3448have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3449sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3450warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3451meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3452value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3453section-relative address.
3454
3455@table @b
3456@cindex assembler internal logic error
3457@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3458An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3459bug in the assembler.
3460
3461@cindex expr (internal section)
3462@item expr section
3463The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3464symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3465it in the expr section.
3466@c FIXME item debug
3467@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3468@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3469@c FIXME item register
3470@end table
3471
3472@node Sub-Sections
3473@section Sub-Sections
3474
3475@cindex numbered subsections
3476@cindex grouping data
3477@ifset aout-bout
3478Assembled bytes
c1253627 3479@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3480conventionally
3481@end ifset
3482fall into two sections: text and data.
3483@end ifset
3484You may have separate groups of
3485@ifset GENERIC
3486data in named sections
3487@end ifset
3488@ifclear GENERIC
3489@ifclear aout-bout
3490data in named sections
3491@end ifclear
3492@ifset aout-bout
3493text or data
3494@end ifset
3495@end ifclear
3496that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3497are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3498use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3499numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3500same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3501subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3502section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3503assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3504section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3505constants being output.
3506
3507Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3508goes in subsection number zero.
3509
3510@ifset GENERIC
3511Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3512(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3513of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3514@end ifset
3515@ifclear GENERIC
3516@ifset H8
7be1c489 3517On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3518boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3519The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3520@end ifset
3521@ifset I960
3522@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3523@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3524@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3525@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3526@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3527@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3528@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3529@end ifclear
3530
3531Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3532to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3533The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3534other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3535They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3536data subsections as a data section.
3537
3538To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3539into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3540@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3541@ifset COFF
252b5132 3542@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3543When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3544@end ifset
3545@ifclear GENERIC
3546You
3547@end ifclear
3548can also use an extra subsection
3549argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3550@var{expression}}.
3551@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3552@ifset ELF
3553@ifset GENERIC
3554When generating ELF output, you
3555@end ifset
3556@ifclear GENERIC
3557You
3558@end ifclear
3559can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3560to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3561@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3562@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3563(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3564is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3565begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3566@smallexample
3567.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3568.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3569.text 1
3570.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3571.data 0
3572.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3573.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3574.text 0
3575.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3576.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3577@end smallexample
3578
3579Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3580assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3581restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3582counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3583@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3584current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3585assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3586
3587@node bss
3588@section bss Section
3589
3590@cindex bss section
3591@cindex common variable storage
3592The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3593You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3594not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3595your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3596section are zeroed bytes.
3597
3598The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3599@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3600
3601The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3602another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3603
3604@ifset GENERIC
3605When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3606COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3607see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3608section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3609@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3610@end ifset
3611
3612@node Symbols
3613@chapter Symbols
3614
3615@cindex symbols
3616Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3617things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3618to debug.
3619
3620@quotation
3621@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3622@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3623the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3624@end quotation
3625
3626@menu
3627* Labels:: Labels
3628* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3629* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3630* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3631* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3632@end menu
3633
3634@node Labels
3635@section Labels
3636
3637@cindex labels
3638A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3639@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3640active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3641operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3642different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3643definitions.
3644
3645@ifset HPPA
3646On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3647colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3648a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3649provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3650@end ifset
3651
3652@node Setting Symbols
3653@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3654
3655@cindex assigning values to symbols
3656@cindex symbol values, assigning
3657A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3658by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3659(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3660directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3661equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3662@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3663
f8739b83
JZ
3664@ifset Blackfin
3665Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3666@end ifset
3667
252b5132
RH
3668@node Symbol Names
3669@section Symbol Names
3670
3671@cindex symbol names
3672@cindex names, symbol
3673@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3674Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3675machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3676noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3677string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3678particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3679@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3680@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3681@ifset H8
3682Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3683Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3684character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3685on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3686@end ifset
3687@end ifset
3688
3689Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3690than @code{Foo}.
3691
ed1fcdd1
NC
3692Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3693Local Labels. See below.
3694
7bfd842d
NC
3695Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3696multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3697@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3698currently supported.
3699
252b5132
RH
3700Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3701refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3702in a program.
3703
3704@subheading Local Symbol Names
3705
3706@cindex local symbol names
3707@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3708A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3709By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3710@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3711set of local label prefixes.
3712@ifset HPPA
3713On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3714@end ifset
3715
3716Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3717normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3718You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3719to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3720
3721@subheading Local Labels
3722
3723@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3724@cindex temporary symbol names
3725@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3726Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3727programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3728be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3729referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3730the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3731To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3732@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3733to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3734stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3735
3736There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3737too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3738the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3739defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3740definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3741noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3742implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3743
3744Here is an example:
3745
3746@smallexample
37471: branch 1f
37482: branch 1b
37491: branch 2f
37502: branch 1b
3751@end smallexample
3752
3753Which is the equivalent of:
3754
3755@smallexample
3756label_1: branch label_3
3757label_2: branch label_1
3758label_3: branch label_4
3759label_4: branch label_3
3760@end smallexample
3761
ba83aca1 3762Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3763transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3764The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3765are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3766these parts:
252b5132
RH
3767
3768@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3769@item @emph{local label prefix}
3770All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3771Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3772that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3773used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3774@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3775object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3776you may use them in debugging.
3777
2d5aaba0
NC
3778@item @var{number}
3779This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3780label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3781
2d5aaba0
NC
3782@item @kbd{C-B}
3783This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3784of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3785
3786@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3787This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3788@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3789number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3790the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3791@end table
3792
ba83aca1
BW
3793So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3794the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3795
3796@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3797@cindex dollar local symbols
3798
ed1fcdd1
NC
3799On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3800local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3801become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3802valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3803by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3804by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3805
3806Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3807except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3808@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3809
3810They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3811names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3812to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3813@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3814
3815@node Dot
3816@section The Special Dot Symbol
3817
3818@cindex dot (symbol)
3819@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3820@cindex current address
3821@cindex location counter
3822The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3823@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3824.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3825Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3826directive.
252b5132 3827@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3828Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3829@samp{.space 4}.
3830@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3831
3832@node Symbol Attributes
3833@section Symbol Attributes
3834
3835@cindex symbol attributes
3836@cindex attributes, symbol
3837Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3838``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3839attributes.
3840@ifset INTERNALS
3841The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3842@end ifset
3843
a4fb0134 3844If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3845all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3846symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3847would want.
3848
3849@menu
3850* Symbol Value:: Value
3851* Symbol Type:: Type
3852@ifset aout-bout
3853@ifset GENERIC
3854* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3855@end ifset
3856@ifclear GENERIC
3857@ifclear BOUT
3858* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3859@end ifclear
3860@ifset BOUT
3861* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3862@end ifset
3863@end ifclear
3864@end ifset
3865@ifset COFF
3866* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3867@end ifset
3868@ifset SOM
3869* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3870@end ifset
3871@end menu
3872
3873@node Symbol Value
3874@subsection Value
3875
3876@cindex value of a symbol
3877@cindex symbol value
3878The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3879location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3880number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3881Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3882as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3883symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3884called absolute.
3885
3886The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38870 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3888@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3889same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3890name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3891common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3892bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3893allocated storage.
3894
3895@node Symbol Type
3896@subsection Type
3897
3898@cindex type of a symbol
3899@cindex symbol type
3900The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3901information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3902(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3903format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3904
3905@ifset aout-bout
3906@ifclear GENERIC
3907@ifset BOUT
3908@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3909@c better if it were available outside examples.
3910@need 1000
3911@node a.out Symbols
3912@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3913
3914@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3915@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3916These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3917one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3918@code{b.out}.
3919
3920@end ifset
3921@ifclear BOUT
3922@node a.out Symbols
3923@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3924
3925@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3926@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3927
3928@end ifclear
3929@end ifclear
3930@ifset GENERIC
3931@node a.out Symbols
3932@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3933
3934@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3935@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3936
3937@end ifset
3938@menu
3939* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3940* Symbol Other:: Other
3941@end menu
3942
3943@node Symbol Desc
3944@subsubsection Descriptor
3945
3946@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3947This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3948descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3949(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3950@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3951
3952@node Symbol Other
3953@subsubsection Other
3954
3955@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3956This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3957@end ifset
3958
3959@ifset COFF
3960@node COFF Symbols
3961@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3962
3963@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3964@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3965
3966The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3967like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3968@code{.endef} directives.
3969
3970@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3971
3972@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3973The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3974respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3975
3976@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3977
3978@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3979The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3980@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3981table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3982@end ifset
3983
3984@ifset SOM
3985@node SOM Symbols
3986@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3987
3988@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3989@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3990
3991The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3992the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3993
01642c12 3994The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3995Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3996@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3997@end ifset
3998
3999@node Expressions
4000@chapter Expressions
4001
4002@cindex expressions
4003@cindex addresses
4004@cindex numeric values
4005An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4006Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4007
4008The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4009a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4010enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4011section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4012the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4013@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4014
4015@menu
4016* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4017* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4018@end menu
4019
4020@node Empty Exprs
4021@section Empty Expressions
4022
4023@cindex empty expressions
4024@cindex expressions, empty
4025An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4026Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4027expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4028is compatible with other assemblers.
4029
4030@node Integer Exprs
4031@section Integer Expressions
4032
4033@cindex integer expressions
4034@cindex expressions, integer
4035An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4036by @emph{operators}.
4037
4038@menu
4039* Arguments:: Arguments
4040* Operators:: Operators
4041* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4042* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4043@end menu
4044
4045@node Arguments
4046@subsection Arguments
4047
4048@cindex expression arguments
4049@cindex arguments in expressions
4050@cindex operands in expressions
4051@cindex arithmetic operands
4052@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4053contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4054this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4055the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4056expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4057instruction operands.
4058
4059Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4060@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4061or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4062integer.
4063
4064Numbers are usually integers.
4065
4066A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4067that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4068these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4069instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4070assemblers.
4071
4072@cindex subexpressions
4073Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4074expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4075operator followed by an argument.
4076
4077@node Operators
4078@subsection Operators
4079
4080@cindex operators, in expressions
4081@cindex arithmetic functions
4082@cindex functions, in expressions
4083@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4084operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4085between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4086whitespace.
4087
4088@node Prefix Ops
4089@subsection Prefix Operator
4090
4091@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4092@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4093one argument, which must be absolute.
4094
4095@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4096@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4097@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4098@tex
4099\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4100@end tex
4101
4102@table @code
4103@item -
4104@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4105@item ~
4106@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4107@end table
4108
4109@tex
4110\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4111@end tex
4112
4113@node Infix Ops
4114@subsection Infix Operators
4115
4116@cindex infix operators
4117@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4118@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4119have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4120to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4121absolute, and the result is absolute.
4122
4123@enumerate
4124@cindex operator precedence
4125@cindex precedence of operators
4126
4127@item
4128Highest Precedence
4129
4130@table @code
4131@item *
4132@dfn{Multiplication}.
4133
4134@item /
4135@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4136
4137@item %
4138@dfn{Remainder}.
4139
d1eac9d9 4140@item <<
252b5132
RH
4141@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4142
d1eac9d9 4143@item >>
252b5132
RH
4144@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4145@end table
4146
4147@item
4148Intermediate precedence
4149
4150@table @code
4151@item |
4152
4153@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4154
4155@item &
4156@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4157
4158@item ^
4159@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4160
4161@item !
4162@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4163@end table
4164
4165@item
b131d4dc 4166Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4167
4168@table @code
4169@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4170@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4171@cindex arguments for addition
4172@item +
4173@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4174the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4175sections.
4176
4177@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4178@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4179@cindex arguments for subtraction
4180@item -
4181@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4182result has the section of the left argument.
4183If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4184You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4185@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4186
4187@cindex comparison expressions
4188@cindex expressions, comparison
4189@item ==
4190@dfn{Is Equal To}
4191@item <>
723a8472 4192@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4193@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4194@item <
4195@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4196@item >
b131d4dc 4197@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4198@item >=
b131d4dc 4199@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4200@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4201@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4202
4203The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4204value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4205perform signed comparisons.
4206@end table
4207
4208@item Lowest Precedence
4209
4210@table @code
4211@item &&
4212@dfn{Logical And}.
4213
4214@item ||
4215@dfn{Logical Or}.
4216
4217These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4218expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4219value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4220or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4221
252b5132
RH
4222@end table
4223@end enumerate
4224
4225In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4226address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4227
4228@node Pseudo Ops
4229@chapter Assembler Directives
4230
4231@cindex directives, machine independent
4232@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4233@cindex machine independent directives
4234All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4235The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4236in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4237
4238This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4239target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4240@ifset GENERIC
4241Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4242@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4243@end ifset
4244@ifclear GENERIC
4245@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4246@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4247@end ifset
4248@end ifclear
4249
4250@menu
4251* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4252@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4253* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4254@end ifset
f0dc282c 4255
252b5132 4256* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4257* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4258* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4259* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4260* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4261* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4262* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4263* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4264* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4265* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4266@ifset COFF
4267* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4268@end ifset
4269@ifset aout-bout
4270* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4271@end ifset
4272@ifset COFF
4273* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
252b5132
RH
4276* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4277* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4278* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4279* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4280* End:: @code{.end}
4281@ifset COFF
4282* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4283@end ifset
f0dc282c 4284
252b5132
RH
4285* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4286* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4287* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4288* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4289* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4290* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4291* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4292* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4293* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4294* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4295* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4296* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4297* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4298* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4299* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4300@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4301* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4302* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4303@end ifset
f0dc282c 4304
252b5132
RH
4305* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4306* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4307* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4308* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4309* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4310* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4311@ifset ELF
4312* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4313@end ifset
f0dc282c 4314
252b5132
RH
4315* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4316* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4317* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4318* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4319@ifclear no-line-dir
4320* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4321@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4322
252b5132
RH
4323* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4324* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4325* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4326* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4327* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4328@ifset ELF
4329* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4330@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4331
252b5132
RH
4332* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4333@ignore
4334* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4335@end ignore
f0dc282c 4336
252b5132
RH
4337* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4338* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4339* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4340* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4341* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4342* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4343* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4344* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4345@ifset ELF
4346* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4347* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4348@end ifset
f0dc282c 4349
252b5132 4350* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4351@ifset ELF
4352* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4353@end ifset
f0dc282c 4354
252b5132
RH
4355* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4356* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4357@ifset ELF
4358* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4359@end ifset
f0dc282c 4360
252b5132 4361* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4362* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4363* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4364* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4365@ifset COFF
4366* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4367@end ifset
4368@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4369* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4370@end ifset
f0dc282c 4371
252b5132
RH
4372* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4373* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4374* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4375@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4376* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4377@end ifset
884f0d36 4378@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4379* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4380@end ifclear
4381
252b5132 4382* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4383@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4384* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4385@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4386@ifset have-stabs
4387* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4388@end ifset
f0dc282c 4389
38a57ae7 4390* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4391* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4392@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4393* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4394* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4395@end ifset
f0dc282c 4396
252b5132
RH
4397@ifset COFF
4398* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4399@end ifset
f0dc282c 4400
252b5132
RH
4401* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4402* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4403@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4404* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4405@end ifset
4406
c91d2e08 4407* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4408@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4409* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4410@end ifset
f0dc282c 4411
2e13b764 4412@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4413* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4414* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4415* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4416@end ifset
f0dc282c 4417
d190d046 4418* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4419* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4420* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4421* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4422@ifclear no-space-dir
4423* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4424@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4425* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4426@end menu
4427
4428@node Abort
4429@section @code{.abort}
4430
4431@cindex @code{abort} directive
4432@cindex stopping the assembly
4433This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4434compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4435assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4436of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4437quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4438
4439@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4440@node ABORT (COFF)
4441@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4442
4443@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4444When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4445synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4446
4447@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4448When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4449but ignores it.
4450@end ifset
4451@end ifset
4452
4453@node Align
4454@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4455
4456@cindex padding the location counter
4457@cindex @code{align} directive
4458Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4459boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4460required, as described below.
4461
4462The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4463padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4464padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4465marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4466with no-op instructions.
4467
4468The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4469it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4470directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4471specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4472fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4473required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4474with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4475
4476The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4477For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4478s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4479alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4480the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4481is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4482first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4483
9e9a9798 4484For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4485strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4486number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4487advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4488counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4489multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4490
4491This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4492native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4493GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4494described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4495architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4496
ccf8a69b
BW
4497@node Altmacro
4498@section @code{.altmacro}
4499Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4500
4501@ftable @code
4502@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4503One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4504generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4505replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4506replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4507separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4508define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4509
4510@item String delimiters
4511You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4512@code{"@var{string}"}:
4513
4514@table @code
4515@item '@var{string}'
4516You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4517
4518@item <@var{string}>
4519You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4520@end table
4521
4522@item single-character string escape
4523To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4524character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4525character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4526write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4527
4528@item Expression results as strings
4529You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4530and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4531@end ftable
4532
252b5132
RH
4533@node Ascii
4534@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4535
4536@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4537@cindex string literals
4538@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4539separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4540trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4541
4542@node Asciz
4543@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4544
4545@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4546@cindex zero-terminated strings
4547@cindex null-terminated strings
4548@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4549a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4550
4551@node Balign
4552@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4553
4554@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4555@cindex @code{balign} directive
4556Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4557storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4558alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4559the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4560is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4561
4562The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4563padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4564padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4565marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4566with no-op instructions.
4567
4568The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4569it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4570directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4571specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4572fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4573required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4574with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4575
4576@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4577@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4578The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4579@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4580pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4581fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45824,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4583filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4584the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4585undefined.
4586
fa94de6b 4587@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4588@section Bundle directives
4589@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4590@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4591@cindex bundle
4592@cindex instruction bundle
4593@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4594@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4595bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4596into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4597disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4598gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4599@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4600
4601For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4602certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4603instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4604@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4605chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4606effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4607instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4608that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4609end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4610starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4611instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4612
d3b47e2b 4613@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4614@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4615@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4616The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4617allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4618are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4619aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4620@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4621directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4622
4623@cindex bundle-locked
4624For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4625appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4626instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4627and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4628instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4629sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4630@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4631entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4632boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4633first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4634aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4635bundle size.
4636
d416e51d
RM
4637For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4638inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4639nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4640@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4641matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4642same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4643
252b5132
RH
4644@node Byte
4645@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4646
4647@cindex @code{byte} directive
4648@cindex integers, one byte
4649@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4650Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4651
54cfded0 4652@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4653@section CFI directives
4654@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4655@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4656@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4657should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4658If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4659if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4660To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4661directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4662
2f0c68f2
CM
4663On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4664by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4665
d3b47e2b 4666@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4667@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4668@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4669should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4670data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4671@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4672
01642c12 4673Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4674it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4675
d3b47e2b 4676@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4677@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4678@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4679unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4680@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4681
d3b47e2b 4682@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4683@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4684@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4685@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4686should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4687argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4688a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4689the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4690can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4691The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4692no personality routine.
4693
2f0c68f2
CM
4694@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4695@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4696@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4697defined in a compact unwinding format.
4698Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4699with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4700
4701@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4702@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4703@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4704used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4705@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4706in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4707Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4708with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4709
d3b47e2b 4710@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4711@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4712@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4713should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4714argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4715or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4716meaning that no LSDA is present.
4717
4718@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4719@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4720switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4721Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4722Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4723with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4724
4725The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4726so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4727referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4728in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4729by a section directive.
4730
4731The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4732The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4733@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4734
d3b47e2b 4735@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4736@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4737address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4738
d3b47e2b 4739@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4740@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4741now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4742remains the same.
4743
d3b47e2b 4744@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4745@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4746remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4747absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4748CFA address.
4749
d3b47e2b 4750@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4751Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4752value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4753
d3b47e2b 4754@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4755Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4756CFA.
54cfded0 4757
d3b47e2b 4758@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4759Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4760the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4761using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4762This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4763code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4764
d3b47e2b 4765@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4766Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4767
d3b47e2b 4768@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4769@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4770same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4771instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4772
d3b47e2b 4773@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4774From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4775
d3b47e2b 4776@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4777Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4778i.e. no restoration needed.
4779
d3b47e2b 4780@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4781First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4782then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4783everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4784the previous saved state.
4785
d3b47e2b 4786@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4787Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4788directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4789
d3b47e2b 4790@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4791Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4792
d3b47e2b 4793@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4794SPARC register window has been saved.
4795
d3b47e2b 4796@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4797Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4798might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4799opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4800
d3b47e2b 4801@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4802The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4803will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4804description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4805
4806The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4807limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4808mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4809by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4810or another register.
4811
ccf8a69b
BW
4812@node Comm
4813@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4814
ccf8a69b
BW
4815@cindex @code{comm} directive
4816@cindex symbol, common
4817@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4818common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4819of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4820definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4821allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4822absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4823the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4824using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4825
c1711530
DK
4826@ifset COFF-ELF
4827When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4828an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4829specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4830that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4831as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4832boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4833power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4834common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4835alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4836largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4837maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4838is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4839@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4840multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4841It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4842(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4843@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4844
ccf8a69b
BW
4845@ifset HPPA
4846The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4847@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4848@end ifset
07a53e5c 4849
252b5132
RH
4850@node Data
4851@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4852
4853@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4854@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4855end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4856absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4857to zero.
4858
4859@ifset COFF
4860@node Def
4861@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4862
4863@cindex @code{def} directive
4864@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4865@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4866Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4867definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4868@ifset BOUT
4869
a4fb0134 4870This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4871format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4872but ignored.
4873@end ifset
4874@end ifset
4875
4876@ifset aout-bout
4877@node Desc
4878@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4879
4880@cindex @code{desc} directive
4881@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4882@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4883This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4884to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4885
4886@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4887The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4888configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4889object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4890it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4891@end ifset
4892@end ifset
4893
4894@ifset COFF
4895@node Dim
4896@section @code{.dim}
4897
4898@cindex @code{dim} directive
4899@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4900@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4901This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4902information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4903@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4904@ifset BOUT
4905
4906@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4907@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4908ignores it.
4909@end ifset
4910@end ifset
4911
4912@node Double
4913@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4914
4915@cindex @code{double} directive
4916@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4917@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4918assembles floating point numbers.
4919@ifset GENERIC
4920The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4921@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4922@end ifset
4923@ifclear GENERIC
4924@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4925On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4926in @sc{ieee} format.
4927@end ifset
4928@end ifclear
4929
4930@node Eject
4931@section @code{.eject}
4932
4933@cindex @code{eject} directive
4934@cindex new page, in listings
4935@cindex page, in listings
4936@cindex listing control: new page
4937Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4938
4939@node Else
4940@section @code{.else}
4941
4942@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4943@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4944assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4945of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4946was false.
4947
3fd9f047
TW
4948@node Elseif
4949@section @code{.elseif}
4950
4951@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4952@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4953assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4954@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4955
252b5132
RH
4956@node End
4957@section @code{.end}
4958
4959@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4960@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4961process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4962
4963@ifset COFF
4964@node Endef
4965@section @code{.endef}
4966
4967@cindex @code{endef} directive
4968This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4969@code{.def}.
4970@ifset BOUT
4971
4972@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4973@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4974directive but ignores it.
4975@end ifset
4976@end ifset
4977
4978@node Endfunc
4979@section @code{.endfunc}
4980@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4981@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4982
4983@node Endif
4984@section @code{.endif}
4985
4986@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4987@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4988it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4989conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4990
4991@node Equ
4992@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4993
4994@cindex @code{equ} directive
4995@cindex assigning values to symbols
4996@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4997This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4998It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4999
5000@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5001The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5002@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5003@end ifset
5004
3c9b82ba 5005@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5006The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5007@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5008On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5009but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5010Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5011@end ifset
5012
252b5132
RH
5013@node Equiv
5014@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5015@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5016The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5017the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5018symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5019undefined.
252b5132 5020
01642c12 5021Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5022@smallexample
5023.ifdef SYM
5024.err
5025.endif
5026.equ SYM,VAL
5027@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5028plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5029
5030@node Eqv
5031@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5032@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5033The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5034evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5035the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5036value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5037
5038@node Err
5039@section @code{.err}
5040@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5041If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5042message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5043object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5044
d190d046
HPN
5045@node Error
5046@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5047@cindex error directive
5048
5049Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5050string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5051message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5052@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5053
5054@smallexample
5055 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5056@end smallexample
5057
252b5132
RH
5058@node Exitm
5059@section @code{.exitm}
5060Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5061
5062@node Extern
5063@section @code{.extern}
5064
5065@cindex @code{extern} directive
5066@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5067with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5068all undefined symbols as external.
5069
5070@node Fail
5071@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5072
5073@cindex @code{fail} directive
5074Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5075or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5076than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5077include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5078complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5079
252b5132 5080@node File
14082c76 5081@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5082@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5083
5084@ifclear no-file-dir
5085There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5086that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5087@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5088
5089@subheading Default Version
5090
252b5132
RH
5091@cindex logical file name
5092@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5093This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5094are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5095
5096@smallexample
5097.file @var{string}
5098@end smallexample
5099
5100@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5101recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5102to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5103statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5104old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5105
5106@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5107@end ifclear
5108
14082c76
BW
5109When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5110to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5111
5112@smallexample
5113.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5114@end smallexample
5115
5116The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5117index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5118literal.
5119
5120The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5121table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5122information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5123entries will have.
5124
252b5132
RH
5125@node Fill
5126@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5127
5128@cindex @code{fill} directive
5129@cindex writing patterns in memory
5130@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5131@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5132This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5133may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5134more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5135other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5136is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5137zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5138byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5139Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5140@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5141compatible with other people's assemblers.
5142
5143@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5144If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5145assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5146@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5147
5148@node Float
5149@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5150
5151@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5152@cindex @code{float} directive
5153This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5154has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5155@ifset GENERIC
5156The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5157@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5158@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5159@end ifset
5160@ifclear GENERIC
5161@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5162On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5163in @sc{ieee} format.
5164@end ifset
5165@end ifclear
5166
5167@node Func
5168@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5169@cindex @code{func} directive
5170@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5171is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5172Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5173@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5174prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5175@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5176All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5177The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5178
5179@node Global
5180@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5181
5182@cindex @code{global} directive
5183@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5184@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5185@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5186other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5187@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5188from another file linked into the same program.
5189
5190Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5191compatibility with other assemblers.
5192
5193@ifset HPPA
5194On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5195partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5196@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5197@end ifset
5198
c91d2e08 5199@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5200@node Gnu_attribute
5201@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5202Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5203
c91d2e08
NC
5204@node Hidden
5205@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5206
c1253627
NC
5207@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5208@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5209This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5210@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5211@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5212
5213This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5214their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5215@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5216Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5217@end ifset
5218
252b5132
RH
5219@node hword
5220@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5221
5222@cindex @code{hword} directive
5223@cindex integers, 16-bit
5224@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5225@cindex sixteen bit integers
5226This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5227a 16 bit number for each.
5228
5229@ifset GENERIC
5230This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5231architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5232@end ifset
5233@ifclear GENERIC
5234@ifset W32
5235This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5236@end ifset
5237@ifset W16
5238This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5239@end ifset
5240@end ifclear
5241
5242@node Ident
5243@section @code{.ident}
5244
5245@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5246
5247This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5248behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5249a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5250source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5251for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5252@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5253emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5254
5255@node If
5256@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5257
5258@cindex conditional assembly
5259@cindex @code{if} directive
5260@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5261considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5262(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5263the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5264(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5265alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5266If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5267nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5268
5269The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5270@table @code
5271@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5272@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5273Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5274has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5275is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5276
26aca5f6
JB
5277@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5278@item .ifb @var{text}
5279Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5280
252b5132
RH
5281@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5282@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5283Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5284strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5285the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5286end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5287string comparison is case sensitive.
5288
5289@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5290@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5291Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5292
5293@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5294@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5295Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5296
5297@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5298@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5299Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5300equal to zero.
5301
5302@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5303@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5304Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5305
5306@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5307@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5308Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5309to zero.
5310
5311@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5312@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5313Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5314
26aca5f6
JB
5315@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5316@item .ifnb @var{text}
5317Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5318following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5319
252b5132
RH
5320@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5321@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5322Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5323following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5324
5325@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5326@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5327@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5328@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5329Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5330has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5331which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5332
5333@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5334@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5335Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5336(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5337
5338@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5339@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5340Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5341following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5342@end table
5343
7e005732
NC
5344@node Incbin
5345@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5346
5347@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5348@cindex binary files, including
5349The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5350location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5351option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5352around @var{file}.
5353
5354The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5355@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5356read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5357responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5358after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5359
252b5132
RH
5360@node Include
5361@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5362
5363@cindex @code{include} directive
5364@cindex supporting files, including
5365@cindex files, including
5366This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5367points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5368if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5369included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5370can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5371(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5372around @var{file}.
5373
5374@node Int
5375@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5376
5377@cindex @code{int} directive
5378@cindex integers, 32-bit
5379Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5380For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5381expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5382of target the assembly is for.
5383
5384@ifclear GENERIC
5385@ifset H8
7be1c489 5386On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5387integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
538832-bit integers.
5389@end ifset
5390@end ifclear
5391
c91d2e08
NC
5392@ifset ELF
5393@node Internal
5394@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5395
c1253627
NC
5396@cindex @code{internal} directive
5397@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5398This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5399@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5400@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5401
5402This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5403their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5404@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5405(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5406processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5407@end ifset
5408
252b5132
RH
5409@node Irp
5410@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5411
5412@cindex @code{irp} directive
5413Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5414The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5415terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5416set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5417@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5418@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5419sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5420
5421For example, assembling
5422
5423@example
5424 .irp param,1,2,3
5425 move d\param,sp@@-
5426 .endr
5427@end example
5428
5429is equivalent to assembling
5430
5431@example
5432 move d1,sp@@-
5433 move d2,sp@@-
5434 move d3,sp@@-
5435@end example
5436
96e9638b 5437For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5438
252b5132
RH
5439@node Irpc
5440@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5441
5442@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5443Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5444The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5445terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5446@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5447assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5448assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5449@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5450
5451For example, assembling
5452
5453@example
5454 .irpc param,123
5455 move d\param,sp@@-
5456 .endr
5457@end example
5458
5459is equivalent to assembling
5460
5461@example
5462 move d1,sp@@-
5463 move d2,sp@@-
5464 move d3,sp@@-
5465@end example
5466
5e75c3ab
JB
5467For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5468at @xref{Macro}.
5469
252b5132
RH
5470@node Lcomm
5471@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5472
5473@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5474@cindex local common symbols
5475@cindex symbols, local common
5476Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5477denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5478those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5479section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5480is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5481not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5482
5483@ifset GENERIC
5484Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5485argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5486@end ifset
5487
5488@ifset HPPA
5489The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5490@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5491@end ifset
5492
5493@node Lflags
5494@section @code{.lflags}
5495
5496@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5497@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5498assemblers, but ignores it.
5499
5500@ifclear no-line-dir
5501@node Line
5502@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5503
5504@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5505@cindex logical line number
5506@ifset aout-bout
5507Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5508expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5509statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5510reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5511@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5512for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5513@end ifset
5514
252b5132 5515Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5516@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5517when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5518were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5519@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5520
5521Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5522used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5523debugging.
5524@end ifclear
5525
5526@node Linkonce
5527@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5528@cindex COMDAT
5529@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5530@cindex common sections
5531Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5532This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5533but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5534The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5535Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5536unique.
5537
5538This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5539writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5540Executable format used on Windows NT.
5541
5542The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5543following strings. For example:
5544@smallexample
5545.linkonce same_size
5546@end smallexample
5547Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5548
5549@table @code
5550@item discard
5551Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5552
5553@item one_only
5554Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5555
5556@item same_size
5557Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5558
5559@item same_contents
5560Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5561@end table
5562
ccf8a69b
BW
5563@node List
5564@section @code{.list}
5565
5566@cindex @code{list} directive
5567@cindex listing control, turning on
5568Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5569not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5570internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5571counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5572generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5573
5574By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5575@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5576the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5577
252b5132
RH
5578@node Ln
5579@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5580
5581@cindex @code{ln} directive
5582@ifclear no-line-dir
5583@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5584@end ifclear
5585@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5586Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5587must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5588line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5589statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5590line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5591@ifset BOUT
5592
a4fb0134 5593This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5594configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5595output format.
5596@end ifset
5597@end ifset
5598
ccf8a69b
BW
5599@node Loc
5600@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5601@cindex @code{loc} directive
5602When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5603the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5604number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5605instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5606arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5607the row is added.
252b5132 5608
ccf8a69b
BW
5609The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5610
5611@table @code
5612@item basic_block
5613This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5614@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5615
5616@item prologue_end
5617This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5618@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5619
5620@item epilogue_begin
5621This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5622@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5623
5624@item is_stmt @var{value}
5625This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5626@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5627either 0 or 1.
5628
5629@item isa @var{value}
5630This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5631state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5632
92846e72
CC
5633@item discriminator @var{value}
5634This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5635state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5636
ccf8a69b
BW
5637@end table
5638
5639@node Loc_mark_labels
5640@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5641@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5642When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5643the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5644to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5645register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5646The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5647this function respectively.
252b5132 5648
4d4175af
BW
5649@ifset ELF
5650@node Local
5651@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5652
5653@cindex @code{local} directive
5654This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5655the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5656will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5657they will be created.
5658
5659For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5660accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5661the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5662(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5663@end ifset
5664
252b5132
RH
5665@node Long
5666@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5667
5668@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5669@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5670
5671@ignore
5672@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5673@c what it really ought to do
5674@node Lsym
5675@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5676
5677@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5678@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5679@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5680the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5681rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5682the same as the expression value:
5683@smallexample
5684@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5685@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5686@var{value} = @var{expression}
5687@end smallexample
5688@noindent
5689The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5690@end ignore
5691
5692@node Macro
5693@section @code{.macro}
5694
5695@cindex macros
5696The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5697generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5698@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5699
5700@example
5701 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5702 .long \from
5703 .if \to-\from
5704 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5705 .endif
5706 .endm
5707@end example
5708
5709@noindent
5710With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5711
5712@example
5713 .long 0
5714 .long 1
5715 .long 2
5716 .long 3
5717 .long 4
5718 .long 5
5719@end example
5720
5721@ftable @code
5722@item .macro @var{macname}
5723@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5724@cindex @code{macro} directive
5725Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5726definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5727separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5728indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5729@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5730(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5731macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5732cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5733subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5734definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5735
5736@table @code
5737@item .macro comm
5738Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5739arguments.
5740
6258339f 5741@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5742@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5743Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5744which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5745@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5746
5747@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5748Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5749arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5750After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5751@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5752@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5753,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5754@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5755
6eaeac8a
JB
5756@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5757Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5758arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5759not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5760will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5761
252b5132
RH
5762When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5763position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5764@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5765
6258339f
NC
5766@end table
5767
5e75c3ab
JB
5768Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5769as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5770occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5771characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5772(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5773architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5774character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5775replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5776construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5777identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5778this macro definition:
5779
5780@example
5781 .macro label l
5782\l:
5783 .endm
5784@end example
5785
5786might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5787called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5788assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5789identifier.
5790
5791Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5792which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5793for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5794length specifier like this:
5795
5796@example
5797 .macro opcode base length
5798 \base.\length
5799 .endm
5800@end example
5801
5802and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5803instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5804interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5805
5806There are several possible ways around this problem:
5807
5808@table @code
5809@item Insert white space
5810If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5811solution. eg:
5812
5813@example
5814 .macro label l
5815\l :
5816 .endm
5817@end example
5818
5819@item Use @samp{\()}
5820The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5821the following text. eg:
5822
5823@example
5824 .macro opcode base length
5825 \base\().\length
5826 .endm
5827@end example
5828
5829@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5830In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5831used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5832
5833@example
5834 .altmacro
5835 .macro label l
5836l&:
5837 .endm
5838@end example
6258339f 5839@end table
5e75c3ab 5840
96e9638b 5841Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5842also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5843and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5844
252b5132
RH
5845@item .endm
5846@cindex @code{endm} directive
5847Mark the end of a macro definition.
5848
5849@item .exitm
5850@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5851Exit early from the current macro definition.
5852
5853@cindex number of macros executed
5854@cindex macros, count executed
5855@item \@@
a4fb0134 5856@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5857executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5858output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5859
252b5132
RH
5860@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5861@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5862macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5863@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5864@end ftable
252b5132 5865
ccf8a69b
BW
5866@node MRI
5867@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5868
ccf8a69b
BW
5869@cindex @code{mri} directive
5870@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5871If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5872@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5873affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5874of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5875
caa32fe5
NC
5876@node Noaltmacro
5877@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5878Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5879
252b5132
RH
5880@node Nolist
5881@section @code{.nolist}
5882
5883@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5884@cindex listing control, turning off
5885Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5886not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5887internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5888counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5889generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5890
5891@node Octa
5892@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5893
5894@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5895@cindex @code{octa} directive
5896@cindex integer, 16-byte
5897@cindex sixteen byte integer
5898This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5899bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5900
5901The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5902hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5903
9aec2026
NC
5904@node Offset
5905@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5906
5907@cindex @code{offset} directive
5908Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5909be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5910symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5911directive.
9aec2026 5912
252b5132
RH
5913@node Org
5914@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5915
5916@cindex @code{org} directive
5917@cindex location counter, advancing
5918@cindex advancing location counter
5919@cindex current address, advancing
5920Advance the location counter of the current section to
5921@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5922expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5923you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5924wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5925with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5926@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5927is the same as the current subsection.
5928
5929@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5930unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5931backwards.
5932
5933@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5934@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5935@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5936Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5937may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5938a chance to share your improved assembler.
5939
5940Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5941to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5942people's assemblers.
5943
5944When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5945intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5946absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5947@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5948
5949@node P2align
5950@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5951
5952@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5953@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5954Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5955storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5956number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5957advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5958counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5959multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5960
5961The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5962padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5963padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5964marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5965with no-op instructions.
5966
5967The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5968it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5969directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5970specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5971fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5972required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5973with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5974
5975@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5976@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5977The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5978@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5979pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5980fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59812,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5982filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5983the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5984undefined.
5985
ccf8a69b
BW
5986@ifset ELF
5987@node PopSection
5988@section @code{.popsection}
5989
5990@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5991@cindex Section Stack
5992This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5993@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5994@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5995(@pxref{Previous}).
5996
5997This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5998section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5999stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6000@end ifset
6001
c91d2e08
NC
6002@ifset ELF
6003@node Previous
6004@section @code{.previous}
6005
c1253627 6006@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6007@cindex Section Stack
6008This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6009@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6010@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6011(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6012
6013This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6014referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6015@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6016subsections). For example:
6017
6018@smallexample
6019.section A
6020 .subsection 1
6021 .word 0x1234
6022 .subsection 2
6023 .word 0x5678
6024.previous
6025 .word 0x9abc
6026@end smallexample
6027
6028Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6029section A. Whilst:
6030
6031@smallexample
6032.section A
6033.subsection 1
6034 # Now in section A subsection 1
6035 .word 0x1234
6036.section B
6037.subsection 0
6038 # Now in section B subsection 0
6039 .word 0x5678
6040.subsection 1
6041 # Now in section B subsection 1
6042 .word 0x9abc
6043.previous
6044 # Now in section B subsection 0
6045 .word 0xdef0
6046@end smallexample
6047
6048Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6049section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6050
6051In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6052the top section on the section stack.
6053@end ifset
6054
252b5132
RH
6055@node Print
6056@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6057
6058@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6059@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6060assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6061
c91d2e08
NC
6062@ifset ELF
6063@node Protected
6064@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6065
c1253627
NC
6066@cindex @code{protected} directive
6067@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6068This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6069@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6070
6071This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6072their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6073@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6074components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6075component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6076this.
c91d2e08
NC
6077@end ifset
6078
252b5132
RH
6079@node Psize
6080@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6081
6082@cindex @code{psize} directive
6083@cindex listing control: paper size
6084@cindex paper size, for listings
6085Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6086number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6087
6088If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6089of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6090default width is 200 columns.
6091
a4fb0134 6092@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6093lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6094@code{.eject}).
6095
6096If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6097those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6098
6099@node Purgem
6100@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6101
6102@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6103Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6104expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6105
c91d2e08
NC
6106@ifset ELF
6107@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6108@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6109
c1253627 6110@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6111@cindex Section Stack
6112This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6113@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6114@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6115(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6116
e9863d7f
DJ
6117This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6118top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6119subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6120@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6121as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6122@end ifset
6123
252b5132
RH
6124@node Quad
6125@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6126
6127@cindex @code{quad} directive
6128@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6129each bignum, it emits
6130@ifclear bignum-16
6131an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6132warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6133@cindex eight-byte integer
6134@cindex integer, 8-byte
6135
6136The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6137hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6138@end ifclear
6139@ifset bignum-16
6140a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6141warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6142@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6143@cindex integer, 16-byte
6144@end ifset
6145
05e9452c
AM
6146@node Reloc
6147@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6148
6149@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6150Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6151@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6152the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6153symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6154@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6155absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6156targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6157relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6158section.
6159
252b5132
RH
6160@node Rept
6161@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6162
6163@cindex @code{rept} directive
6164Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6165@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6166
6167For example, assembling
6168
6169@example
6170 .rept 3
6171 .long 0
6172 .endr
6173@end example
6174
6175is equivalent to assembling
6176
6177@example
6178 .long 0
6179 .long 0
6180 .long 0
6181@end example
6182
6183@node Sbttl
6184@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6185
6186@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6187@cindex subtitles for listings
6188@cindex listing control: subtitle
6189Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6190title line) when generating assembly listings.
6191
6192This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6193it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6194
6195@ifset COFF
6196@node Scl
6197@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6198
6199@cindex @code{scl} directive
6200@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6201@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6202Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6203used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6204whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6205symbolic debugging information.
6206@ifset BOUT
6207
6208The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6209configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6210accepts this directive but ignores it.
6211@end ifset
6212@end ifset
6213
c1253627 6214@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6215@node Section
c1253627 6216@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6217
252b5132
RH
6218@cindex named section
6219Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6220named @var{name}.
6221
6222This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6223named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6224with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6225
c1253627
NC
6226@ifset COFF
6227@ifset ELF
6228@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6229@subheading COFF Version
6230@end ifset
6231
6232@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6233For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6234ways:
c91d2e08 6235
252b5132
RH
6236@smallexample
6237.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6238.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6239@end smallexample
6240
6241If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6242section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6243@table @code
6244@item b
6245bss section (uninitialized data)
6246@item n
6247section is not loaded
6248@item w
6249writable section
6250@item d
6251data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6252@item e
6253exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6254@item r
6255read-only section
6256@item x
6257executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6258@item s
6259shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6260@item a
6261ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6262@item y
6263section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6264@item 0-9
6265single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6266@end table
6267
6268If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6269the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6270loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6271from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6272will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6273
6274If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6275taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6276@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6277
6278@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6279@ifset COFF
6280@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6281@subheading ELF Version
6282@end ifset
6283
c91d2e08
NC
6284@cindex Section Stack
6285This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6286@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6287(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6288@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6289
c1253627 6290@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6291For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6292
252b5132 6293@smallexample
7047dd1e 6294.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6295@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6296
451133ce
NP
6297@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6298@kindex --sectname-subst
6299@cindex section name substitution
6300If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6301argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6302at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6303
6304@smallexample
6305.macro exception_code
6306.section %S.exception
6307[exception code here]
6308.previous
6309.endm
6310
6311.text
6312[code]
6313exception_code
6314[...]
6315
6316.section .init
6317[init code]
6318exception_code
6319[...]
6320@end smallexample
6321
6322The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6323@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6324This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6325tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6326need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6327macros just for that purpose.
6328
252b5132 6329The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6330combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6331@table @code
6332@item a
6333section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6334@item e
6335section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6336@item w
6337section is writable
6338@item x
6339section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6340@item M
6341section is mergeable
6342@item S
6343section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6344@item G
6345section is a member of a section group
6346@item T
6347section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6348@item ?
6349section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6350@end table
6351
6352The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6353@table @code
6354@item @@progbits
6355section contains data
6356@item @@nobits
6357section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6358@item @@note
6359section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6360@item @@init_array
6361section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6362@item @@fini_array
6363section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6364@item @@preinit_array
6365section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6366@end table
6367
10b016c2
PB
6368Many targets only support the first three section types.
6369
ececec60
NC
6370Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6371ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6372@code{%} character.
6373
22fe14ad 6374If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6375be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6376
6377@smallexample
6378.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6379@end smallexample
6380
6381Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6382constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6383@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6384@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6385the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6386absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6387which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6388@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6389@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6390
6391If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6392be present along with an additional field like this:
6393
6394@smallexample
6395.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6396@end smallexample
6397
6398The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6399particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6400@table @code
6401@item comdat
6402indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6403@item .gnu.linkonce
6404an alias for comdat
6405@end table
6406
96e9638b 6407Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6408the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6409
6410@smallexample
6411.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6412@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6413
01642c12
RM
6414If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6415@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6416present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6417this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6418@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6419If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6420
252b5132
RH
6421If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6422the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6423none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6424executable. The section will contain data.
6425
6426For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6427directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6428
252b5132
RH
6429@smallexample
6430.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6431@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6432
252b5132
RH
6433Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6434separated flags:
6435@table @code
6436@item #alloc
6437section is allocatable
6438@item #write
6439section is writable
6440@item #execinstr
6441section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6442@item #exclude
6443section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6444@item #tls
6445section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6446@end table
c91d2e08 6447
e9863d7f
DJ
6448This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6449contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6450some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6451work.
c1253627
NC
6452@end ifset
6453@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6454
6455@node Set
6456@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6457
6458@cindex @code{set} directive
6459@cindex symbol value, setting
6460Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6461changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6462@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6463flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6464
5d239759
NC
6465You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6466values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6467involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6468being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6469addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6470final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6471the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6472different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6473
6474If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6475file is the last value stored into it.
6476
3c9b82ba
NC
6477@ifset Z80
6478On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6479@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6480@end ifset
6481
252b5132
RH
6482@node Short
6483@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6484
6485@cindex @code{short} directive
6486@ifset GENERIC
6487@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6488@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6489
6490In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6491numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6492@end ifset
6493@ifclear GENERIC
6494@ifset W16
6495@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6496@end ifset
6497@ifset W32
6498This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6499a 16 bit number for each.
6500@end ifset
6501@end ifclear
6502
6503@node Single
6504@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6505
6506@cindex @code{single} directive
6507@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6508This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6509has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6510@ifset GENERIC
6511The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6512@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6513@end ifset
6514@ifclear GENERIC
6515@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6516On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6517numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6518@end ifset
6519@end ifclear
6520
c1253627 6521@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6522@node Size
c1253627 6523@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6524
c1253627
NC
6525This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6526
6527@ifset COFF
6528@ifset ELF
6529@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6530@subheading COFF Version
6531@end ifset
6532
6533@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6534For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6535@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6536
6537@smallexample
6538.size @var{expression}
6539@end smallexample
252b5132 6540
c91d2e08 6541@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6542@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6543@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6544ignores it.
6545@end ifset
c1253627 6546@end ifset
c91d2e08 6547
c1253627
NC
6548@ifset ELF
6549@ifset COFF
6550@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6551@subheading ELF Version
6552@end ifset
6553
6554@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6555For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6556
c1253627
NC
6557@smallexample
6558.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6559@end smallexample
6560
6561This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6562The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6563arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6564symbols.
c1253627
NC
6565@end ifset
6566@end ifset
252b5132 6567
252b5132
RH
6568@ifclear no-space-dir
6569@node Skip
6570@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6571
6572@cindex @code{skip} directive
6573@cindex filling memory
6574This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6575@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6576@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6577@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6578@end ifclear
252b5132 6579
ccf8a69b
BW
6580@node Sleb128
6581@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6582
6583@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6584@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6585compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6586symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6587
884f0d36 6588@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6589@node Space
6590@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6591
6592@cindex @code{space} directive
6593@cindex filling memory
6594This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6595@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6596and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6597as @samp{.skip}.
6598
6599@ifset HPPA
6600@quotation
6601@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6602targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6603Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6604@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6605for a summary.
6606@end quotation
6607@end ifset
6608@end ifclear
6609
252b5132
RH
6610@ifset have-stabs
6611@node Stab
6612@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6613
6614@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6615@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6616There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6617All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6618The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6619cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6620Up to five fields are required:
6621
6622@table @var
6623@item string
6624This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6625@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6626debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6627using this field.
6628
6629@item type
6630An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6631this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6632and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6633
6634@item other
6635An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6636low 8 bits of this expression.
6637
6638@item desc
6639An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6640bits of this expression.
6641
6642@item value
6643An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6644@end table
6645
6646If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6647or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6648you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6649compatible with earlier assemblers!
6650
6651@table @code
6652@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6653@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6654
6655The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6656It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6657null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6658strings.
6659
6660The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6661relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6662is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6663assembled.
6664
6665@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6666@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6667The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6668
6669@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6670@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6671All five fields are specified.
6672@end table
6673@end ifset
6674@c end have-stabs
6675
6676@node String
38a57ae7 6677@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6678"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6679
6680@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6681@cindex string8, copying to object file
6682@cindex string16, copying to object file
6683@cindex string32, copying to object file
6684@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6685@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6686@cindex @code{string8} directive
6687@cindex @code{string16} directive
6688@cindex @code{string32} directive
6689@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6690
6691Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6692one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6693particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6694You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6695
01642c12 6696The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6697the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6698copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6699are stored in target endianness byte order.
6700
6701Example:
6702@smallexample
6703 .string32 "BYE"
6704expands to:
6705 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6706 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6707@end smallexample
6708
6709
252b5132
RH
6710@node Struct
6711@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6712
6713@cindex @code{struct} directive
6714Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6715which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6716@smallexample
6717 .struct 0
6718field1:
6719 .struct field1 + 4
6720field2:
6721 .struct field2 + 4
6722field3:
6723@end smallexample
6724This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6725@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6726value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6727use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6728before further assembly.
6729
c91d2e08
NC
6730@ifset ELF
6731@node SubSection
6732@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6733
c1253627 6734@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6735@cindex Section Stack
6736This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6737@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6738@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6739(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6740
6741This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6742section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6743in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6744@end ifset
6745
252b5132
RH
6746@ifset ELF
6747@node Symver
6748@section @code{.symver}
6749@cindex @code{symver} directive
6750@cindex symbol versioning
6751@cindex versions of symbols
6752Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6753within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6754typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6755There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6756into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6757shared library.
6758
79082ff0 6759For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6760@smallexample
6761.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6762@end smallexample
339681c0 6763If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6764being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6765alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6766just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6767permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6768of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6769itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6770have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6771file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6772function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6773the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6774building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6775symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6776nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6777
6778If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6779references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6780reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6781symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6782
6783Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6784@smallexample
6785.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6786@end smallexample
6787In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6788the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6789difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6790references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6791
6792The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6793@smallexample
6794.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6795@end smallexample
6796When @var{name} is not defined within the
6797file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6798@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6799name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6800@end ifset
6801
6802@ifset COFF
6803@node Tag
6804@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6805
6806@cindex COFF structure debugging
6807@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6808@cindex @code{tag} directive
6809This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6810information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6811@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6812definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6813@ifset BOUT
6814
6815@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6816@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6817ignores it.
6818@end ifset
6819@end ifset
6820
6821@node Text
6822@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6823
6824@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6825Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6826the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6827expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6828is used.
6829
6830@node Title
6831@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6832
6833@cindex @code{title} directive
6834@cindex listing control: title line
6835Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6836source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6837
6838This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6839it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6840
c1253627 6841@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6842@node Type
c1253627
NC
6843@section @code{.type}
6844
6845This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6846
6847@ifset COFF
6848@ifset ELF
6849@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6850@subheading COFF Version
6851@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6852
6853@cindex COFF symbol type
6854@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6855@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6856For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6857@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6858
6859@smallexample
6860.type @var{int}
6861@end smallexample
6862
6863This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6864entry.
252b5132 6865
c91d2e08 6866@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6867@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6868@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6869directive but ignores it.
6870@end ifset
c1253627 6871@end ifset
c91d2e08 6872
c1253627
NC
6873@ifset ELF
6874@ifset COFF
6875@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6876@subheading ELF Version
6877@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6878
6879@cindex ELF symbol type
6880@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6881@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6882For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6883
6884@smallexample
6885.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6886@end smallexample
6887
6888This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6889function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6890supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6891compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6892
6893Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6894@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6895below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6896the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6897maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6898assemblers.
6899
6900The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6901
6902@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6903 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6904 .type <name>,#<type>
6905 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6906 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6907 .type <name>,"<type>"
6908@end smallexample
6909
6910The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6911
5671778d
NC
6912@table @gcctabopt
6913@item STT_FUNC
6914@itemx function
6915Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6916
d8045f23
NC
6917@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6918@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6919Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6920processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6921
5671778d
NC
6922@item STT_OBJECT
6923@itemx object
6924Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6925
6926@item STT_TLS
6927@itemx tls_object
6928Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6929
6930@item STT_COMMON
6931@itemx common
6932Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6933
6934@item STT_NOTYPE
6935@itemx notype
6936Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6937
3e7a7d11
NC
6938@item gnu_unique_object
6939Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6940will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6941name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6942systems).
3e7a7d11 6943
5671778d
NC
6944@end table
6945
6946Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6947
c1253627
NC
6948@end ifset
6949@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6950
6951@node Uleb128
6952@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6953
6954@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6955@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6956compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6957symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6958
6959@ifset COFF
6960@node Val
6961@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6962
6963@cindex @code{val} directive
6964@cindex COFF value attribute
6965@cindex value attribute, COFF
6966This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6967records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6968entry.
6969@ifset BOUT
6970
a4fb0134 6971@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6972configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6973@end ifset
6974@end ifset
6975
2e13b764 6976@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6977@node Version
6978@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6979
c1253627 6980@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6981This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6982formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6983@end ifset
2e13b764 6984
c91d2e08
NC
6985@ifset ELF
6986@node VTableEntry
6987@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6988
653cfe85 6989@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6990This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6991@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6992
c91d2e08
NC
6993@node VTableInherit
6994@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6995
653cfe85 6996@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6997This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6998@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6999parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7000parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7001@end ifset
2e13b764 7002
d190d046
HPN
7003@node Warning
7004@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7005@cindex warning directive
7006Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7007(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7008
c91d2e08
NC
7009@node Weak
7010@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7011
c1253627 7012@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7013This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7014@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7015
01642c12 7016On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7017directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7018@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7019
977cdf5a 7020On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7021When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7022alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7023
06e77878
AO
7024@node Weakref
7025@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7026
7027@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7028This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7029be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7030If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7031will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7032symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7033
7034The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7035assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7036symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7037resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7038had the references to the alias removed.
7039
7040The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7041within the assembler.
7042
252b5132
RH
7043@node Word
7044@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7045
7046@cindex @code{word} directive
7047This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7048separated by commas.
7049@ifclear GENERIC
7050@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7051For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7052@end ifset
7053@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7054For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7055@end ifset
7056@end ifclear
7057@ifset GENERIC
7058
7059The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7060depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7061@end ifset
7062
7063@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7064@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7065@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7066@cindex difference tables altered
7067@cindex altered difference tables
7068@quotation
7069@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7070@end quotation
7071
7072@ifset GENERIC
7073Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7074addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7075interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7076@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7077
7078@end ifset
7079In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7080@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7081Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7082compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7083directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7084@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7085creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7086This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7087first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7088of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7089table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7090contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7091@code{sym2}.
7092
7093If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7094secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7095@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7096long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7097and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7098minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7099entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7100
7101@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7102@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7103@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7104assembly language programmers.
7105@end ifset
7106@end ifset
7107@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7108
7ce98c16
NC
7109@ifclear no-space-dir
7110@node Zero
7111@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7112
7113@cindex @code{zero} directive
7114@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7115This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7116expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7117so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7118instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7119@end ifclear
7120
252b5132
RH
7121@node Deprecated
7122@section Deprecated Directives
7123
7124@cindex deprecated directives
7125@cindex obsolescent directives
7126One day these directives won't work.
7127They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7128@table @t
7129@item .abort
7130@item .line
7131@end table
7132
3a99f02f
DJ
7133@ifset ELF
7134@node Object Attributes
7135@chapter Object Attributes
7136@cindex object attributes
7137
7138@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7139into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7140Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7141point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7142requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7143passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7144hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7145generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7146newer generation at run-time.
7147
7148This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7149@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7150time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7151correctly.
7152
7153Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7154attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7155string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7156and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7157or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7158attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7159
7160Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7161The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7162
7163@menu
7164* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7165* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7166@end menu
7167
7168@node GNU Object Attributes
7169@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7170
7171The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7172with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7173
7174Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7175its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7176an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
71772} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7178architecture-dependent ones.
7179
7180@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7181
7182These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7183
7184@table @r
7185@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7186The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7187the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7188then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7189than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7190arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7191@end table
7192
7193@subsection MIPS Attributes
7194
7195@table @r
7196@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7197The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7198
7199@itemize @bullet
7200@item
72010 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7202@item
f179c512
MF
72031 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7204double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7205@item
72062 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7207@item
72083 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7209@item
f179c512
MF
72104 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7211floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7212number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7213@item
72145 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7215with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7216general-purpose registers.
7217@item
72186 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7219registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7220@item
72217 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7222registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7223direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7224@end itemize
7225@end table
7226
7227@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7228
7229@table @r
7230@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7231The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7232
7233@itemize @bullet
7234@item
72350 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7236@item
3c7b9897 72371 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7238@item
72392 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7240@item
72413 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7242@end itemize
7243
7244@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7245The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7246
7247@itemize @bullet
7248@item
72490 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7250@item
72511 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7252@item
72532 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7254@item
72553 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7256@end itemize
7257@end table
7258
643f7afb
AK
7259@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7260
7261@table @r
7262@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7263The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7264
7265@itemize @bullet
7266@item
72670 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7268@item
72691 for files using software vector ABI.
7270@item
72712 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7272@end itemize
7273@end table
7274
3a99f02f
DJ
7275@node Defining New Object Attributes
7276@section Defining New Object Attributes
7277
7278If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7279will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7280mailing list.
7281
7282@itemize @bullet
7283@item
7284This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7285@item
7286The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7287@item
7288The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7289and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7290@item
7291Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7292@item
7293@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7294@item
7295GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7296@end itemize
7297
7298@end ifset
7299
252b5132
RH
7300@ifset GENERIC
7301@node Machine Dependencies
7302@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7303
7304@cindex machine dependencies
7305The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7306each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7307vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7308directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7309assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7310@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7311optimization.
7312
7313This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7314include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7315subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7316
7317@menu
a06ea964
NC
7318@ifset AARCH64
7319* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7320@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7321@ifset ALPHA
7322* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7324@ifset ARC
7325* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7326@end ifset
7327@ifset ARM
7328* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7330@ifset AVR
7331* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7332@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7333@ifset Blackfin
7334* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7335@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7336@ifset CR16
7337* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7338@end ifset
8bf549a8 7339@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7340* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7341@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7342@ifset D10V
7343* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7344@end ifset
7345@ifset D30V
7346* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7348@ifset EPIPHANY
7349* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7350@end ifset
252b5132 7351@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7352* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7353@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7354@ifset HPPA
7355* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7356@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7357@ifset I370
7358* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7359@end ifset
252b5132 7360@ifset I80386
55b62671 7361* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7362@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7363@ifset I860
7364* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7365@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7366@ifset I960
7367* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7368@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7369@ifset IA64
7370* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7371@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7372@ifset IP2K
7373* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7374@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7375@ifset LM32
7376* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7377@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7378@ifset M32C
7379* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7380@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7381@ifset M32R
7382* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7383@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7384@ifset M680X0
7385* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7386@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7387@ifset M68HC11
7388* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7389@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7390@ifset METAG
7391* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7392@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7393@ifset MICROBLAZE
7394* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7395@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7396@ifset MIPS
7397* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7398@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7399@ifset MMIX
7400* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7401@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7402@ifset MSP430
7403* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7404@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7405@ifset NDS32
7406* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7407@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7408@ifset NIOSII
7409* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7410@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7411@ifset NS32K
7412* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7413@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7414@ifset PDP11
7415* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7416@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7417@ifset PJ
7418* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7419@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7420@ifset PPC
7421* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7422@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7423@ifset RL78
7424* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7425@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7426@ifset RX
7427* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7428@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7429@ifset S390
7430* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7431@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7432@ifset SCORE
7433* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7434@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7435@ifset SH
7436* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7437* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7438@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7439@ifset SPARC
7440* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7441@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7442@ifset TIC54X
7443* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7444@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7445@ifset TIC6X
7446* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7447@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7448@ifset TILEGX
7449* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7450@end ifset
7451@ifset TILEPRO
7452* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7453@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7454@ifset V850
7455* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7456@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7457@ifset VAX
7458* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7459@end ifset
7460@ifset VISIUM
7461* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7462@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7463@ifset XGATE
7464* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7465@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7466@ifset XSTORMY16
7467* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7468@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7469@ifset XTENSA
7470* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7471@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7472@ifset Z80
7473* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7474@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7475@ifset Z8000
7476* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7477@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7478@end menu
7479
7480@lowersections
7481@end ifset
7482
7483@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7484@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7485@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7486@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7487@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7488@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7489@c in both conditional blocks.
7490
a06ea964
NC
7491@ifset AARCH64
7492@include c-aarch64.texi
7493@end ifset
7494
625e1353
RH
7495@ifset ALPHA
7496@include c-alpha.texi
7497@end ifset
7498
7499@ifset ARC
7500@include c-arc.texi
7501@end ifset
7502
252b5132
RH
7503@ifset ARM
7504@include c-arm.texi
7505@end ifset
7506
8473f7a4
DC
7507@ifset AVR
7508@include c-avr.texi
7509@end ifset
7510
3b4e1885 7511@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7512@include c-bfin.texi
7513@end ifset
7514
3d3d428f
NC
7515@ifset CR16
7516@include c-cr16.texi
7517@end ifset
7518
328eb32e
HPN
7519@ifset CRIS
7520@include c-cris.texi
7521@end ifset
7522
c2dcd04e 7523@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7524@ifclear GENERIC
7525@node Machine Dependencies
7526@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7527
c2dcd04e 7528The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7529and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7530chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7531family.
7532
7533@menu
c2dcd04e 7534* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7535* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7536@end menu
7537@lowersections
7538@end ifclear
7539@end ifset
7540
7541@ifset D10V
7542@include c-d10v.texi
7543@end ifset
7544
7545@ifset D30V
7546@include c-d30v.texi
7547@end ifset
7548
cfb8c092
NC
7549@ifset EPIPHANY
7550@include c-epiphany.texi
7551@end ifset
7552
252b5132
RH
7553@ifset H8/300
7554@include c-h8300.texi
7555@end ifset
7556
252b5132
RH
7557@ifset HPPA
7558@include c-hppa.texi
7559@end ifset
7560
5b93d8bb
AM
7561@ifset I370
7562@include c-i370.texi
7563@end ifset
7564
252b5132
RH
7565@ifset I80386
7566@include c-i386.texi
7567@end ifset
7568
e3308d0d
JE
7569@ifset I860
7570@include c-i860.texi
7571@end ifset
7572
252b5132
RH
7573@ifset I960
7574@include c-i960.texi
7575@end ifset
7576
9e32ca89
NC
7577@ifset IA64
7578@include c-ia64.texi
7579@end ifset
7580
a40cbfa3
NC
7581@ifset IP2K
7582@include c-ip2k.texi
7583@end ifset
7584
84e94c90
NC
7585@ifset LM32
7586@include c-lm32.texi
7587@end ifset
7588
49f58d10
JB
7589@ifset M32C
7590@include c-m32c.texi
7591@end ifset
7592
ec694b89
NC
7593@ifset M32R
7594@include c-m32r.texi
7595@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7596
7597@ifset M680X0
7598@include c-m68k.texi
7599@end ifset
7600
60bcf0fa
NC
7601@ifset M68HC11
7602@include c-m68hc11.texi
7603@end ifset
7604
a3c62988
NC
7605@ifset METAG
7606@include c-metag.texi
7607@end ifset
7608
01642c12 7609@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7610@include c-microblaze.texi
7611@end ifset
7612
252b5132
RH
7613@ifset MIPS
7614@include c-mips.texi
7615@end ifset
7616
3c3bdf30
NC
7617@ifset MMIX
7618@include c-mmix.texi
7619@end ifset
7620
2469cfa2
NC
7621@ifset MSP430
7622@include c-msp430.texi
7623@end ifset
7624
35c08157
KLC
7625@ifset NDS32
7626@include c-nds32.texi
7627@end ifset
7628
36591ba1
SL
7629@ifset NIOSII
7630@include c-nios2.texi
7631@end ifset
7632
252b5132
RH
7633@ifset NS32K
7634@include c-ns32k.texi
7635@end ifset
7636
e135f41b
NC
7637@ifset PDP11
7638@include c-pdp11.texi
7639@end ifset
7640
041dd5a9
ILT
7641@ifset PJ
7642@include c-pj.texi
7643@end ifset
7644
418c1742
MG
7645@ifset PPC
7646@include c-ppc.texi
7647@end ifset
7648
99c513f6
DD
7649@ifset RL78
7650@include c-rl78.texi
7651@end ifset
7652
046d31c2
NC
7653@ifset RX
7654@include c-rx.texi
7655@end ifset
7656
11c19e16
MS
7657@ifset S390
7658@include c-s390.texi
7659@end ifset
7660
c0157db4
NC
7661@ifset SCORE
7662@include c-score.texi
7663@end ifset
7664
252b5132
RH
7665@ifset SH
7666@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7667@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7668@end ifset
7669
7670@ifset SPARC
7671@include c-sparc.texi
7672@end ifset
7673
39bec121
TW
7674@ifset TIC54X
7675@include c-tic54x.texi
7676@end ifset
7677
40b36596
JM
7678@ifset TIC6X
7679@include c-tic6x.texi
7680@end ifset
7681
aa137e4d
NC
7682@ifset TILEGX
7683@include c-tilegx.texi
7684@end ifset
7685
7686@ifset TILEPRO
7687@include c-tilepro.texi
7688@end ifset
7689
b6605ddd
EB
7690@ifset V850
7691@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7692@end ifset
7693
7694@ifset VAX
7695@include c-vax.texi
7696@end ifset
7697
b6605ddd
EB
7698@ifset VISIUM
7699@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7700@end ifset
7701
f6c1a2d5
NC
7702@ifset XGATE
7703@include c-xgate.texi
7704@end ifset
7705
6753e72f
NC
7706@ifset XSTORMY16
7707@include c-xstormy16.texi
7708@end ifset
7709
e0001a05
NC
7710@ifset XTENSA
7711@include c-xtensa.texi
7712@end ifset
7713
b6605ddd
EB
7714@ifset Z80
7715@include c-z80.texi
7716@end ifset
7717
7718@ifset Z8000
7719@include c-z8k.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
252b5132
RH
7722@ifset GENERIC
7723@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7724@raisesections
7725@end ifset
7726
7727@node Reporting Bugs
7728@chapter Reporting Bugs
7729@cindex bugs in assembler
7730@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7731
a4fb0134 7732Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7733
7734Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7735not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7736entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7737Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7738
7739In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7740information that enables us to fix the bug.
7741
7742@menu
7743* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7744* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7745@end menu
7746
7747@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7748@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7749@cindex bug criteria
7750
7751If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7752
7753@itemize @bullet
7754@cindex fatal signal
7755@cindex assembler crash
7756@cindex crash of assembler
7757@item
7758If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7759@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7760
7761@cindex error on valid input
7762@item
a4fb0134 7763If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7764
7765@cindex invalid input
7766@item
a4fb0134 7767If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7768is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7769be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7770
7771@item
7772If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7773of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7774@end itemize
7775
7776@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7777@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7778@cindex bug reports
7779@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7780
7781A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7782you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7783contact that organization first.
7784
7785You can find contact information for many support companies and
7786individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7787distribution.
7788
ad22bfe8 7789@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7790In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7791to @value{BUGURL}.
7792@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7793
7794The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7795@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7796fact or leave it out, state it!
7797
7798Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7799and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7800name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7801not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7802happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7803perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7804the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7805give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7806and the most helpful.
7807
7808Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7809it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7810that the bug has not been reported previously.
7811
7812Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7813bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7814respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7815You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7816
7817To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7818
7819@itemize @bullet
7820@item
a4fb0134 7821The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7822it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7823
7824Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7825the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7826
7827@item
a4fb0134 7828Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7829
7830@item
7831The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7832version number.
7833
7834@item
a4fb0134 7835What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7836``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7837
7838@item
7839The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7840observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7841all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7842
7843If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7844and then we might not encounter the bug.
7845
7846@item
7847A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7848the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7849high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7850when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7851the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7852file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7853@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7854
7855@item
7856A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7857incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7858
a4fb0134 7859Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7860will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7861notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7862make a mistake.
7863
7864Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7865explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7866@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7867library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7868would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7869would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7870expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7871observations.
7872
7873@item
a4fb0134 7874If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7875diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7876option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7877discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7878by line number.
7879
7880The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7881sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7882@end itemize
7883
7884Here are some things that are not necessary:
7885
7886@itemize @bullet
7887@item
7888A description of the envelope of the bug.
7889
7890Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7891which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7892changes will not affect it.
7893
7894This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7895will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7896with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7897We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7898
7899Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7900of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7901output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7902less time, and so on.
7903
7904However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7905report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7906
7907@item
7908A patch for the bug.
7909
7910A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7911the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7912a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7913to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7914
a4fb0134 7915Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7916construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7917the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7918one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7919
7920And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7921patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7922help us to understand.
7923
7924@item
7925A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7926
7927Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7928things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7929@end itemize
7930
7931@node Acknowledgements
7932@chapter Acknowledgements
7933
653cfe85 7934If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7935it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7936maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7937@c (October 2012),
7938the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7939
7940Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7941more details?}
7942
7943Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7944information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7945extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7946
7947K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7948many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7949up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7950testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7951including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7952and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7953support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7954port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7955file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7956assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7957
7958Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7959in format-specific I/O modules.
7960
7961The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7962has done much work with it since.
7963
7964The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7965
7966Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7967
7968The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7969University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7970
7971Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7972(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7973(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7974support a.out format.
7975
7be1c489
AM
7976Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7977tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7978Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7979use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7980targets.
7981
7982John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7983simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7984updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7985fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7986remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7987cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7988required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7989
7990Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
799168k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7992added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7993PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7994
653cfe85 7995Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7996
7997Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7998
7999Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8000along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8001formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8002the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8003
8004Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8005Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8006Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8007Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8008and some initial 64-bit support).
8009
c1253627 8010Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8011
252b5132
RH
8012Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8013support for openVMS/Alpha.
8014
39bec121
TW
8015Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8016flavors.
8017
e0001a05 8018David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8019Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8020
252b5132
RH
8021Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8022configuration enhancements.
8023
84e94c90
NC
8024Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8025
252b5132
RH
8026Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8027you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8028want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8029intentionally leaving anyone out.
8030
793c5807
NC
8031@node GNU Free Documentation License
8032@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8033@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8034
370b66a1
CD
8035@node AS Index
8036@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8037
8038@printindex cp
8039
252b5132
RH
8040@bye
8041@c Local Variables:
8042@c fill-column: 79
8043@c End: